Tricyclic Lactams for Use in HSPC-Sparing Treatments for RB-Positive Abnormal Cellular Proliferation

ABSTRACT

This invention is in the area of tricyclic lactam compounds for and methods of treating selected Rb-positive cancers and other Rb-positive abnormal cellular proliferative disorders while minimizing the deleterious effects on healthy cells, for example healthy Hematopoietic Stem Cells and Progenitor Cells (HSPCs), associated with current treatment modalities. In one aspect, treatment of select Rb-positive cancers is disclosed using specific compounds disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein act as selective cyclin-dependent kinase 4/6 (CDK 4/6) inhibitors when administered to subjects.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit of provisional U.S. Application No.61/980,883, filed Apr. 17, 2014, provisional U.S. Application No.61/980,895, filed Apr. 17, 2014, provisional U.S. Application No.61/980,918, filed Apr. 17, 2014, and provisional U.S. Application No.61/980,939, filed Apr. 17, 2014, which are hereby incorporated byreference for all purposes.

GOVERNMENT INTEREST

The U.S. Government has rights in this invention by virtue of supportunder Grant No. 5R44AI084284 awarded by the National Institute ofAllergy and Infectious Diseases.

FIELD

This invention is in the area of tricyclic lactam compounds for andmethods of treating selected Rb-positive cancers and other Rb-positiveabnormal cellular proliferative disorders while minimizing thedeleterious effects on healthy cells, for example healthy HematopoieticStem Cells and Progenitor Cells (HSPCs), associated with currenttreatment modalities.

BACKGROUND

The regulation of the cell cycle is governed and controlled by specificproteins, which are activated and deactivated mainly throughphosphorylation/dephosphorylation processes in a precisely timed manner.The key proteins that coordinate the initiation, progression, andcompletion of cell-cycle program are cyclin dependent kinases (CDKs).Cyclin-dependent kinases belong to the serine-threonine protein kinasefamily. They are heterodimeric complexes composed of a catalytic kinasesubunit and a regulatory cyclin subunit. CDK activity is controlled byassociation with their corresponding regulatory subunits (cyclins) andCDK inhibitor proteins (Cip & Kip proteins, INK4s), by theirphosphorylation state, and by ubiquitin-mediated proteolytic degradation(see D. G. Johnson, C. L. Walker, Annu Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol 39 (1999)295-312; D. O. Morgan, Annu Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. 13 (1997) 261-291; C.J. Sherr, Science 274 (1996) 1672-1677; T. Shimamura et al., Bioorg.Med. Chem. Lett. 16 (2006) 3751-3754).

There are four CDKs that are significantly involved in cellularproliferation: CDK1, which predominantly regulates the transition fromG2 to M phase, and CDK2, CDK4, and CDK6, which regulate the transitionfrom G1 to S phase (Malumbres M, Barbacid M. Cell cycle, CDKs andcancer: a changing paradigm. Nat. Rev. Cancer 2009; 9(3):153-166). Inearly to mid G1 phase, when the cell is responsive to mitogenic stimuli,activation of CDK4-cyclin D and CDK6-cyclin D induces phosphorylation ofthe retinoblastoma protein (pRb). Phosphorylation of pRb releases thetranscription factor E2F, which enters the nucleus to activatetranscription of other cyclins which promote further progression of thecell cycle (see J. A. Diehl, Cancer Biol. Ther. 1 (2002) 226-231; C. J.Sherr, Cell 73 (1993) 1059-1065). CDK4 and CDK6 are closely relatedproteins with basically indistinguishable biochemical properties (see M.Malumbres, M. Barbacid, Trends Biochem. Sci. 30 (2005) 630-641).

A number of CDK 4/6 inhibitors have been identified, including specificpyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines, 2-anilinopyrimidines, diaryl ureas,benzoyl-2,4-diaminothiazoles, indolo[6,7-a]pyrrolo[3,4-c]carbazoles, andoxindoles (see P. S. Sharma, R. Sharma, R. Tyagi, Curr. Cancer DrugTargets 8 (2008) 53-75). WO 03/062236 identifies a series of2-(pyridin-2-ylamino-pyrido[2,3]pyrimidin-7-ones for the treatment of Rbpositive cancers that show selectivity for CDK4/6, including6-acetyl-8-cyclopentyl-5-methyl-2-(5-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-2-ylammino)-8H-pyrido-[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-7-one(palbociclib). The clinical trial studies have reported rates of Grade3/4 neutropenia and leukopenia with the use of palbociclib, resulting in71% of patients requiring a dose interruption and 35% requiring a dosereduction; and adverse events leading to 10% of the discontinuations(see Finn, Abstract S1-6, SABCS 2012). These side effects may be causedby the undesirable pharmacokinetics of palbociclib, which has arelatively long T_(1/2) of roughly 26.7 hours, resulting in anaccumulative concentration build-up of the CDK4/6 inhibitor and apersistent quiescence of HPSC replication.

VanderWel et al. describe an iodine-containingpyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-one (CKIA) as a potent and selective CDK4inhibitor (see VanderWel et al., J. Med. Chem. 48 (2005) 2371-2387).

WO 99/15500 filed by Glaxo Group Ltd discloses protein kinase andserine/threonine kinase inhibitors.

WO 2010/020675 filed by Novartis AG describes pyrrolopyrimidinecompounds as CDK inhibitors. WO 2011/101409 also filed by Novartisdescribes pyrrolopyrimidines with CDK 4/6 inhibitory activity.

WO 2005/052147 filed by Novartis and WO 2006/074985 filed by JanssenPharma disclose additional CDK4 inhibitors.

US 2007/0179118 filed by Barvian et al. teaches the use of CDK4inhibitors to treat inflammation.

U.S. Patent Publication 2011/0224227 to Sharpless et al. describes theuse of certain CDK4/6 inhibitors, such as PD0332991 and 2BrIC (see Zhu,et al., J. Med. Chem., 46 (11) 2027-2030 (2003); PCT/US2009/059281) toreduce or prevent the effects of cytotoxic compounds on HSPCs in asubject undergoing chemotherapeutic treatments. See also U.S. PatentPublication 2012/0100100.

U.S. Patent Publication 2011/0224221 to Sharpless et al. describes theuse of certain CDK4/6 inhibitors, such as PD0332991 and 2BrIC (see Zhu,et al., J. Med. Chem., 46 (11) 2027-2030 (2003); PCT/US2009/059281) toreduce or prevent the deleterious effects of ionizing radiation on HSPCsin a subject exposed to radiation. See also U.S. Patent Publication2012/0100100.

Stone, et al., Cancer Research 56, 3199-3202 (Jul. 1, 1996) describesreversible, p16-mediated cell cycle arrest as protection fromchemotherapy.

WO 2012/061156 filed by Tavares and assigned to G1 Therapeuticsdescribes CDK inhibitors (see also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,829,012, 8,822,683,8,598,186, 8,691,830, and 8,598,197, all assigned to G1 Therapeutics),describe CDK Inhibitors having the basic core structure:

WO 2013/148748 filed by Tavares and assigned to G1 Therapeuticsdescribes Lactam Kinase inhibitors having the basic core structures:

U.S. Patent Publication 2014/0275066 and 2014/0275067, assigned to G1Therapeutics, describes the use of CDK4/6 inhibitors such as2′-((5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)-7′,8′-dihydro-6′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-onefor the protection of healthy hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells ina subject receiving a DNA-damaging chemotherapeutic agent for thetreatment of a Rb-negative tumors.

U.S. Patent Publication 2014/0274896, assigned to G1 Therapeutics,describes the use of CDK4/6 inhibitors such as2′-((5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)-7′,8′-dihydro-6′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-onefor the protection of healthy hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells ina subject exposed to ionizing radiation.

U.S. Patent Publication 2014/0271466, assigned to G1 Therapeutics,describes the use of CDK4/6 inhibitors such as2′-((5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)-7′,8′-dihydro-6′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-onefor use as an anti-neoplastic for the treatment of a Rb-positiveproliferative disorders.

U.S. Patent Publication 2014/0271460, assigned to G1 Therapeutics,describes the use of CDK4/6 inhibitors such as2′-((5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)-7′,8′-dihydro-6′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-onefor use an anti-neoplastic for the treatment of a T- or B-cell disorder,for example a leukemia.

While selective CDK4/6 inhibitors are generally designed to targetCDK4/6-replication dependent cancers, the very fact that they inhibitCDK4/6 activity may also result in deleterious effects toCDK4/6-dependent healthy cells, for example their growth inhibition.CDK4/6 activity is necessary for the production of healthy blood cellsby the bone marrow, as healthy hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells(HSPCs) require the activity of CDK4/6 for proliferation (see Roberts etal. Multiple Roles of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 4/6 Inhibitors in CancerTherapy. JNCI 2012; 104(6):476-487). Healthy hematopoietic stem cellsgive rise to progenitor cells which in turn give rise to all thedifferentiated components of blood as shown in FIG. 1 (e.g.,lymphocytes, erythrocytes, platelets, granulocytes, monocytes). Healthyhematopoietic cells display a gradient dependency on CDK4/6 activity forproliferation during myeloid/erythroid differentiation (see Johnson etal. Mitigation of hematological radiation toxicity in mice throughpharmacological quiescence induced by CDK4/6 inhibition. J Clin. Invest.2010; 120(7): 2528-2536). Accordingly, the least differentiated cells(e.g., healthy hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs), multi-potent progenitors(MPPs), and common myeloid progenitors (CMP)) appear to be the mostdependent on CDK4/6 activity for proliferation, and therefore the mostdeleteriously affected by the use of a CDK4/6 inhibitor to treat aCDK4/6 replication dependent cancer or other proliferative disorder.

Accordingly, there is an ongoing need for CDK4/6 inhibitor compounds,methods, and regimes to treat patients with select Rb-positive cancersand abnormal cellular proliferative disorders while minimizing thetreatment's effect on healthy cells such as HSPCs.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

Tricyclic lactam compounds, methods, and compositions are provided totreat select Rb-positive abnormal cellular proliferation including anRb-positive cancer while minimizing the treatment's deleterious effectson healthy cells, such as healthy HSPCs and other CDK4/6-replicationdependent healthy cells by administration of an effective amount of acompound described herein.

In one embodiment of the invention, a compound is selected from thecompounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, or VI as described herein, or apharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt, isotopic analog, orprodrug thereof. In one non-limiting example, a compound can be selectedfrom the compounds of Table 1 below, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positiveadenocarcinoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive adenocarcinomaof the colon. The Rb-positive cancer can also be Rb-positiveadenocarcinoma of the rectum.

Alternatively, the Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive anaplasticastrocytoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive breast cancer. Inone embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive estrogen-receptorpositive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer. Alternatively, theRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive estrogen receptor-negative breastcancer. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive estrogen receptorpositive breast cancer. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positivelate-line metastatic breast cancer. The Rb-positive cancer can beRb-positive luminal A breast cancer. The Rb-positive cancer can beRb-positive luminal B breast cancer. The Rb-positive cancer can beRb-positive Her2-negative breast cancer or Rb-positive HER2-positivebreast cancer. The Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive male breast cancer.In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive progesteronereceptor-negative breast cancer. The Rb-positive cancer can beRb-positive progesterone receptor-positive breast cancer. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive recurrent breast cancer. In oneembodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive stage IV breastcancers. In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positiveadvanced HER2-positive breast cancer.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive bronchial cancer. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive colon cancer. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive recurrent colon cancer. The Rb-positive cancercan be Rb-positive stage IV colon cancers. In one embodiment, theRb-positive cancer is Rb-positive colorectal cancer.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive endometrialcancer.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive extragonadal seminoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive stage III extragonadal seminoma.The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive stage IV extragonadalseminoma.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive germ cell cancer. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive central nervous system germ celltumor. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive familial testiculargerm cell tumor. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive recurrentgonadal germ cell tumor. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positiverecurrent extragonadal non-seminomatous germ cell tumor. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive extragonadal seminomatous germ cell tumor. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive recurrent malignant testiculargerm cell tumors. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive recurrentovarian germ cell tumors. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positivestage III malignant testicular germ cell tumors. The Rb-positive cancercan be Rb-positive stage III ovarian germ cell tumors. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive stage IV ovarian germ cell tumors. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive stage III extragonadalnon-seminomatous germ cell tumors. The Rb-positive cancer can beRb-positive stage IV extragonadal non-seminomatous germ cell tumors. Inone embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive germ cell cancer.In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positivecisplatin-refractory, unresectable germ cell cancer.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive glioblastoma.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive liver cancer.The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive hepatocellular cancer.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive lung cancer. In oneembodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive non-small cell lungcancer. In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive KRASmutant non-small cell lung cancer.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive melanoma. In one embodiment,the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive recurrent melanomas. In oneembodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive stage IV melanomas.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive ovarian cancer. In oneembodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive ovarian epithelialcarcinoma.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive pancreatic cancer.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive prostate cancer.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive rectal cancer.The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive recurrent rectal cancer. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive stage IV rectal cancers.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive sarcoma. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive gliosarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer can beRb-positive liposarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positivefibrosarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive myxosarcoma. Inone embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positivechondrosarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive osteosarcoma.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive malignant fibroushistiocytoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive hemangiosarcoma.The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive angiosarcoma. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive lymphangiosarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer canbe Rb-positive mesothelioma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positiveleiomyosarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positiverhabdomyosarcoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive meningioma.The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive schwannoma.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positivepheochromocytoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive Islet cellcarcinoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive carcinoid. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive paraganglioma.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive squamous cellcarcinoma. The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive adenocarcinoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive hepatocellular carcinoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive renal cell carcinoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive cholangiocarcinoma.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive refractory solid tumors.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive neuroblastoma.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive medulloblastoma.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is a Teratoma. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive ovarian immature teratoma. The Rb-positivecancer can be Rb-positive ovarian mature teratoma. The Rb-positivecancer can be an Rb-positive ovarian specialized teratoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive testicular immature teratoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive testicular mature teratoma. TheRb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive teratoma. The Rb-positive cancercan be Rb-positive ovarian monodermal teratoma.

The Rb-positive cancer can be Rb-positive testicular cancer.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is Rb-positive vaginal cancer.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is selected from anRb-positive carcinoma, sarcoma, including, but not limited to, lungcancer, bone cancer, pancreatic cancer, skin cancer, cancer of the heador neck, cutaneous or intraocular melanoma, uterine cancer, ovariancancer, rectal cancer, cancer of the anal region, stomach cancer, coloncancer, breast cancer, uterine cancer, carcinoma of the fallopian tubes,carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the cervix, carcinoma of thevagina, carcinoma of the vulva, cancer of the esophagus, cancer of thesmall intestine, cancer of the endocrine system, cancer of the thyroidgland, cancer of the parathyroid gland, cancer of the adrenal gland,sarcoma of soft tissue, cancer of the urethra, cancer of the penis,prostate cancer, cancer of the bladder, cancer of the kidney or ureter,renal cell carcinoma, carcinoma of the renal pelvis, neoplasms of thecentral nervous system (CNS), primary CNS lymphoma, spinal axis tumors,brain stem glioma, pituitary adenoma, or a combination of one or more ofthe foregoing cancers.

In one embodiment, the subject is suffering from an Rb-positive abnormalcellular proliferation disorder. In one embodiment, the Rb-positiveabnormal cellular proliferation disorder is non-cancerous.

In one embodiment, a compound described herein, when used to treat aselect Rb-positive cellular proliferation disorder, such as a cancer,allows for a rapid reentry of healthy cells into the normal cell-cycleand a fast reconstitution of damaged tissue and progeny cells such ashematological cells. Non-limiting examples of active compounds aredescribed in Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition,salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof as provided below.

In one embodiment of the invention, a compound described herein can beadministered in a concerted regimen with another agent such as anon-DNA-damaging, targeted anti-neoplastic agent or a hematopoieticgrowth factor agent for beneficial, additive, or synergistic effectagainst the abnormal cellular proliferation. It has been recentlyreported that the untimely administration of hematopoietic growthfactors can have serious side effects. For example, the use of the EPOfamily of growth factors has been associated with arterial hypertension,cerebral convulsions, hypertensive encephalopathy, thromboembolism, irondeficiency, influenza like syndromes and venous thrombosis. The G-CSFfamily of growth factors has been associated with spleen enlargement andrupture, respiratory distress syndrome, allergic reactions and sicklecell complications. By combining the administration of a compounddescribed herein and methods of the present invention with the timelyadministration of hematopoietic growth factors, for example, at the timepoint wherein the affected cells are no longer under growth arrest, itis possible for the health care practitioner to decrease the amount ofthe growth factor to minimize the unwanted adverse effects whileachieving the desired therapeutic benefit. In one embodiment, the growthfactor is administered upon cessation of the effect of the inhibitoryeffect of the compound on the CDK4/6 replication dependent healthycells, for example HSPCs.

In one embodiment, the use of a compound or method described herein iscombined with the use of a hematopoietic growth factor including, butnot limited to, granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF),granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF),thrombopoietin, interleukin (IL)-12, steel factor, and erythropoietin(EPO), or a derivative thereof. In one embodiment, the tricylic lactamis administered prior to administration of the hematopoietic growthfactor. In one embodiment, the hematopoietic growth factoradministration is timed so that the tricyclic lactam's effect on HSPCshas dissipated.

In one embodiment, the use of a compound described herein is combined ina therapeutic regime with at least one other chemotherapeutic agent, andcan be one that does, or in certain embodiments does not, rely onproliferation or advancement through the cell-cycle foranti-proliferative activity. Such agent may include, but is not limitedto, tamoxifen, midazolam, letrozole, bortezomib, anastrozole, goserelin,an mTOR inhibitor, a PI3 kinase inhibitors, dual mTOR-PI3K inhibitors,MEK inhibitors, RAS inhibitors, ALK inhibitors, HSP inhibitors (forexample, HSP70 and HSP 90 inhibitors, or a combination thereof).Examples of mTOR inhibitors include but are not limited to rapamycin andits analogs, everolimus (Afinitor), temsirolimus, ridaforolimus,sirolimus, and deforolimus. Examples of P13 kinase inhibitors includebut are not limited to Wortmannin, demethoxyviridin, perifosine,idelalisib, PX-866, IPI-145, BAY 80-6946, BEZ235, RP6503, TGR 1202(RP5264), MLN1117 (INK1117), Pictilisib, Buparlisib, SAR245408 (XL147),SAR245409 (XL765), Palomid 529, ZSTK474, PWT33597, RP6530, CUDC-907, andAEZS-136. Examples of MEK inhibitors include but are not limited toTametinib, Selumetinib, MEK162, GDC-0973 (XL518), and PD0325901.Examples of RAS inhibitors include but are not limited to Reolysin andsiGl2D LODER. Examples of ALK inhibitors include but are not limited toCrizotinib, AP26113, and LDK378. HSP inhibitors include but are notlimited to Geldanamycin or 17-N-Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin(17AAG), and Radicicol.

In certain embodiments, a compound described herein is administered tothe subject prior to treatment with another chemotherapeutic agent,during treatment with another chemotherapeutic agent, afteradministration of another chemotherapeutic agent, or a combinationthereof. In one embodiment, a compound described herein is administeredto the subject less than about 24 hours, 20 hours, 16 hours, 12 hours, 8hours, 4 hours, 2 hours, 1 hour, or ½ hour or less prior to treatmentwith another chemotherapeutic agent in order to sensitize theRb-positive cancer to the chemotherapeutic agent's effects.

In one embodiment, a compound described herein is administered in amanner that allows the drug facile access to the blood stream, forexample via intravenous injection or sublingual, intraaortal, or otherefficient blood-stream accessing route. In one embodiment, a compounddescribed herein is administered in an orally administrable formulation.In other embodiments, a compound described herein is administered viatopical, transdermal, or other desired administrative routes.

In one embodiment, a compound described herein is administered to thesubject less than about 24 hours, 20 hours, 16 hours, 12 hours, 8 hours,4 hours, 2 hours, 1 hour, or ½ hour or less prior to treatment with thehematopoietic growth factor. In one embodiment, the compound isadministered up to 4 hours prior to treatment with the hematopoieticgrowth factor or other chemotherapeutic agent.

The use of a compound as described herein in a therapeutic regimetargeting CDK4/6-replication dependent cancers can result in reducedanemia, reduced lymphopenia, reduced thrombocytopenia, or reducedneutropenia compared to that typically expected after, common after, orassociated with treatment with currently available antineoplasticchemotherapeutic agents. The use of the compounds as described hereinmay result in a faster recovery from bone marrow suppression associatedwith long-term use of CDK4/6 inhibitors, such as myelosuppression,anemia, lymphopenia, thrombocytopenia, or neutropenia, following thecessation of use of the CDK4/6 inhibitor. In some embodiments, the useof a compound as described herein results in reduced bone marrowsuppression associated with long-term use of CDK4/6 inhibitors, such asmyelosuppression, anemia, lymphopenia, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, orgranulocytopenias such as neutropenia.

In some embodiments, the subject or host is a mammal, including a human.The compound can be administered to the subject by any desired route,including intravenous, sublingual, buccal, oral, intraaortal, topical,intranasal, parenteral, transdermal, systemic, intramuscular, or viainhalation.

In summary, the present invention includes the following features:

A) Tricyclic lactam compounds, methods, and compositions aschemotherapeutics which minimize the deleterious effects on CDK4/6replication dependent healthy cells, for example hematopoietic stem andprogenitor cells (HSPCs), in a subject undergoing treatment for a selectRb-positive cancer, comprising administering an effective amount of atricyclic lactam compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, or VI, includinga compound selected from Table 1 as described herein;B) Tricyclic lactam compounds, methods, and compositions aschemotherapeutics which minimize the deleterious effects on CDK4/6replication dependent healthy cells in a subject, the method comprisingadministering to a subject with an Rb-positive abnormal cellularproliferative disorder an effective amount of a tricyclic lactamcompound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, or VI, including a compoundselected from Table 1 as described herein.C) A compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof, for use as achemotherapeutic in the treatment of an Rb-positive abnormal cellularproliferation disorder, including Rb-positive cancers;D) A compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salt, isotopic analog, and prodrug thereof, for use as achemotherapeutic regimen for the treatment of an Rb-positive abnormalcellular proliferation disorder, including Rb-positive cancers, whichminimizes the deleterious effects on CDK4/6-replication dependenthealthy cells, for example HSPCs or renal cells;E) A compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salt, isotopic analog, and prodrug thereof, for use incombination with hematopoietic growth factors in a subject undergoing atherapeutic regime to treat an Rb-positive abnormal cellularproliferation disorder, including Rb-positive cancers;F) Compounds as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof, for use incombination with a second chemotherapeutic agent in a subject undergoinga therapeutic regime to treat an Rb-positive abnormal cellularproliferation disorder, including Rb-positive cancers;G) Use of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof, in themanufacture of a medicament for use as a chemotherapeutic to treat asubject with an Rb-positive abnormal cellular proliferation disorder,including Rb-positive cancers;H) Use of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition, salts, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof, in themanufacture of a medicament for use as chemotherapeutic to treat asubject with an Rb-positive cellular proliferation disorder, including aRb-positive cancer that, when exposed to a CDK4/6 inhibitor, is growtharrested or growth inhibited;I) Processes for the preparation of therapeutic products that contain aneffective amount of a compound described herein, for use in thetreatment of a subject having an Rb-positive abnormal cellularproliferation disorder, such as cancer, and;J) A method for manufacturing a medicament selected from the compoundsdescribed herein intended for therapeutic use as a chemotherapeutic onthe treatment of an Rb-positive, abnormal cellular proliferationdisorder, such as a cancer.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a schematic drawing of hematopoiesis showing the hierarchicalproliferation of healthy hematopoietic stem cells (HSC) and healthyhematopoietic progenitor cells with increasing differentiation uponproliferation.

FIGS. 2-4 illustrate several exemplary embodiments of R² of thecompounds of the invention.

FIGS. 5A-5C, 6A-6D, 7A-7C, 8A-8B, and 9A-9F illustrate several exemplaryembodiments of the core structure of the compounds of the invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Tricyclic lactam compounds, methods, and compositions are provided aschemotherapeutics for the treatment of select Rb-positive cancers whichminimize or reduce the deleterious effects on CDK4/6 replicationdependent healthy cells, such as hematopoietic stem cells and/orprogenitor cells (HSPCs) in subjects, typically humans.

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in this application,including the specification and claims, have the definitions givenbelow. As used in the specification and the appended claims, thesingular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless thecontext clearly dictates otherwise. Definition of standard chemistryterms may be found in reference works, including Carey and Sundberg(2007) Advanced Organic Chemistry 5^(th) Ed. Vols. A and B, SpringerScience+Business Media LLC, New York. The practice of the presentinvention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional methodsof synthetic organic chemistry, mass spectroscopy, preparative andanalytical methods of chromatography, protein chemistry, biochemistry,recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology. Conventional methods oforganic chemistry include those included in March's Advanced OrganicChemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 6^(th) Edition, M. B.Smith and J. March, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, N.J., 2007.

The term “alkyl,” either alone or within other terms such as “haloalkyl”and “alkylamino,” embraces linear or branched radicals having one toabout twelve carbon atoms. “Lower alkyl” radicals have one to about sixcarbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl,hexyl and the like. The term “alkylene” embraces bridging divalentlinear and branched alkyl radicals. Examples include methylene,ethylene, propylene, isopropylene and the like.

The term “alkenyl” embraces linear or branched radicals having at leastone carbon-carbon double bond of two to about twelve carbon atoms.“Lower alkenyl” radicals having two to about six carbon atoms. Examplesof alkenyl radicals include ethenyl, propenyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyland 4-methylbutenyl. The terms “alkenyl” and “lower alkenyl,” embraceradicals having “cis” and “trans” orientations, or alternatively, “E”and “Z” orientations.

The term “alkynyl” denotes linear or branched radicals having at leastone carbon-carbon triple bond and having two to about twelve carbonatoms. “Lower alkynyl” radicals having two to about six carbon atoms.Examples of such radicals include propargyl, butynyl, and the like.

Alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted withone or more functional groups such as halo, hydroxy, nitro, amino,cyano, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo and the like.

The term “alkylamino” embraces “N-alkylamino” and “N,N-dialkylamino”where amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radicaland with two alkyl radicals, respectively. “Lower alkylamino” radicalshave one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms attached to anitrogen atom. Suitable alkylamino radicals may be mono or dialkylaminosuch as N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N.N-dimethylamino, N,N-diethylaminoand the like.

The term “halo” means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine oriodine atoms.

The term “haloalkyl” embraces radicals wherein any one or more of thealkyl carbon atoms is substituted with one or more halo as definedabove. Examples include monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkylradicals including perhaloalkyl. A monohaloalkyl radical, for oneexample, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within theradical. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of thesame halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. “Lowerhaloalkyl” embraces radicals having 1-6 carbon atoms. Examples ofhaloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl,pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl,dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl anddichloropropyl. “Perfluoroalkyl” means an alkyl radical having allhydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples includetrifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.

The term “aryl”, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromaticsystem containing one or two rings wherein such rings may be attachedtogether in a fused manner. The term “aryl” embraces aromatic radicalssuch as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl. Morepreferred aryl is phenyl. Said “aryl” group may have 1 or moresubstituents such as lower alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro,cyano, alkoxy, lower alkylamino, and the like. An aryl group may beoptionally substituted with one or more functional groups such as halo,hydroxy, nitro, amino, cyano, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloand the like.

The term “heterocyclyl” (or “heterocyclo”) embraces saturated, andpartially saturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where theheteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.Heterocyclic rings comprise monocyclic 6-8 membered rings, as well as5-16 membered bicyclic ring systems (which can include bridged fused andspiro-fused bicyclic ring systems). It does not include rings containing—O—O—.—O—S— or —S—S— portions. Said “heterocyclyl” group may have 1 to 3substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl,lower aralkyl, oxo, lower alkoxy, amino, lower alkylamino, and the like.

Examples of saturated heterocyclo groups include saturated 3- to6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms[e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl,piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groupcontaining 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groupcontaining 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.,thiazolidinyl]. Examples of partially saturated heterocyclyl radicalsinclude dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydrothiazolyl,and the like.

Particular examples of partially saturated and saturated heterocyclogroups include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl,pyrazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl,thiazolidinyl, dihydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxanyl,indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzofuryl,isochromanyl, chromanyl, 1,2-dihydroquinolyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolyl,2,3,4,4a,9,9a-hexahydro-1H-3-aza-fluorenyl,5,6,7-trihydro-1,2,4-triazolo[3,4-a]isoquinolyl,3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazinyl, benzo[1,4]dioxanyl,2,3-dihydro-1H-1λ′-benzo [d]isothiazol-6-yl, dihydropyranyl,dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl, and the like.

Heterocyclo groups also includes radicals where heterocyclic radicalsare fused/condensed with aryl radicals: unsaturated condensedheterocyclic group containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example,indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl,indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g.,tetrazolo[1,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic groupcontaining 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic groupcontaining 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.,benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl]; and saturated, partially unsaturatedand unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen orsulfur atoms [e.g. benzofuryl, benzothienyl,2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl and dihydrobenzofuryl].

The term “heteroaryl” denotes aryl ring systems that contain one or moreheteroatoms selected from the group O, N and S, wherein the ringnitrogen and sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized, and nitrogenatom(s) are optionally quarternized. Examples include unsaturated 5 to 6membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, forexample, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl,4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g.,4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, forexample, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-memberedheteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl,3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groupcontaining 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example,oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl,1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl]; unsaturated 5 to 6-memberedheteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl [e.g.,1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl].

The term “heteroarylalkyl” denotes alkyl radicals substituted with aheteroaryl group. Examples include pyridylmethyl and thienylethyl.

The term “sulfonyl”, whether used alone or linked to other terms such asalkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals —SO₂—.

The terms “carboxy” or “carboxyl”, whether used alone or with otherterms, such as “carboxyalkyl”, denotes —C(O)—OH.

The term “carbonyl”, whether used alone or with other terms, such as“aminocarbonyl”, denotes —C(O)—.

The term “aminocarbonyl” denotes an amide group of the Formula—C(O)—NH₂.

The terms “heterocycloalkyl” embrace heterocyclic-substituted alkylradicals. Examples include piperidylmethyl and morpholinylethyl.

The term “arylalkyl” embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals. Examplesinclude benzyl, diphenylmethyl and phenylethyl. The aryl in said aralkylmay be additionally substituted with halo, alkyl, alkoxy, halkoalkyl andhaloalkoxy.

The term “cycloalkyl” includes saturated carbocyclic groups of 3 to 10carbons. Lower cycloalkyl groups include C₃-C₆ rings. Examples includecyclopentyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl. Cycloalkyl groups may beoptionally substituted with one or more functional groups such as halo,hydroxy, nitro, amino, cyano, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloand the like. The term “cycloalkylalkyl” embraces cycloalkyl-substitutedalkyl radicals. “Lower cycloalkylalkyl” radicals are cycloalkyl radicalsattached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples ofinclude cyclohexylmethyl. The cycloalkyl in said radicals may beadditionally substituted with halo, alkyl, alkoxy and hydroxy.

The term “cycloalkenyl” includes carbocyclic groups having one or morecarbon-carbon double bonds including “cycloalkyldienyl” compounds.Examples include cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl andcycloheptadienyl.

The term “comprising” is meant to be open ended, including the indicatedcomponent but not excluding other elements.

The term “oxo” as used herein contemplates an oxygen atom attached witha double bond.

The term “nitro” as used herein contemplates —NO₂.

The term “cyano” as used herein contemplates —CN.

As used herein, the term “prodrug” means a compound which whenadministered to a host in vivo is converted into the parent drug. Asused herein, the term “parent drug” means any of the presently describedchemical compounds that are useful to treat any of the disordersdescribed herein, or to control or improve the underlying cause orsymptoms associated with any physiological or pathological disorderdescribed herein in a host, typically a human. Prodrugs can be used toachieve any desired effect, including to enhance properties of theparent drug or to improve the pharmaceutic or pharmacokinetic propertiesof the parent. Prodrug strategies exist which provide choices inmodulating the conditions for in vivo generation of the parent drug, allof which are deemed included herein. Nonlimiting examples of prodrugstrategies include covalent attachment of removable groups, or removableportions of groups, for example, but not limited to acylation,phosphorylation, phosphonylation, phosphoramidate derivatives,amidation, reduction, oxidation, esterification, alkylation, othercarboxy derivatives, sulfoxy or sulfone derivatives, carbonylation oranhydride, among others.

Throughout the specification and claims, a given chemical formula orname shall encompass all optical and stereoisomers, as well as racemicmixtures where such isomers and mixtures exist, unless otherwise noted.

The current invention is directed to an HSPC-sparing strategy during thetreatment of Rb-positive proliferation disorders. According, as usedherein, the term “HSPCs” is meant to describe healthy hematopoietic stemand/or hematopoietic progenitor cells, as opposed to diseased HSPCs orcells of related hematological origin. HSPCs include hematopoietic stemcells, such as long term hematopoietic stem cells (LT-HSCs) and shortterm hematopoietic stem cells (ST-HSCs), and hematopoietic progenitorcells, including multipotent progenitors (MPPs), common myeloidprogenitors (CMPs), common lymphoid progenitors (CLPs),granulocyte-monocyte progenitors (GMPs) and megakaryocyte-erythroidprogenitors (MEPs).

In some embodiments, a CDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cell is ahematopoietic stem progenitor cell. In some embodiments, theCDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cell may be a cell in anon-hematopoietic tissue, such as, but not limited to, the liver,kidney, pancreas, brain, lung, adrenals, intestine, gut, stomach, skin,auditory system, bone, bladder, ovaries, uterus, testicles, gallbladder,thyroid, heart, pancreatic islets, blood vessels, and the like.

The term “selective CDK4/6 inhibitor” used in the context of thecompounds described herein includes compounds that inhibit CDK4activity, CDK6 activity, or both CDK4 and CDK6 activity at an IC₅₀ molarconcentration at least about 500, or 1000, or 1500, or 1800, or 2000, or5000, or 10,000 times less than the IC₅₀ molar concentration necessaryto inhibit to the same degree of CDK2 activity in a standardphosphorylation assay.

As used herein the term “chemotherapy” or “chemotherapeutic agent”refers to treatment with a cytostatic or cytotoxic agent (i.e., acompound) to reduce or eliminate the growth or proliferation ofundesirable cells, for example cancer cells. Thus, as used herein,“chemotherapy” or “chemotherapeutic agent” refers to a cytotoxic orcytostatic agent used to treat a proliferative disorder, for examplecancer.

By “induces G1-arrest” is meant that the inhibitor compound induces aquiescent state in a substantial portion of a cell population at the G1phase of the cell cycle.

By “hematological deficiency” is meant reduced hematological celllineage counts or the insufficient production of blood cells (i.e.,myelodysplasia) and/or lymphocytes (i.e., lymphopenia, the reduction inthe number of circulating lymphocytes, such as B- and T-cells).

Hematological deficiency can be observed, for example, asmyelosuppression in form of anemia, reduction in platelet count (i.e.,thrombocytopenia), reduction in white blood cell count (i.e.,leukopenia), or the reduction in granulocytes (e.g., neutropenia).

By “synchronous reentry into the cell cycle” is meant thatCDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cells, for example HSPCs, inG1-arrest due to the effect of a tricyclic lactam compound reenter thecell-cycle within relatively the same collective timeframe or atrelatively the same rate upon dissipation of the compound's effect.Comparatively, by “asynchronous reentry into the cell cycle” is meantthat the healthy cells, for example HSPCs, in G1 arrest reenter thecell-cycle within relatively different collective timeframes or atrelatively different rates upon dissipation of the compound's effect,such as PD0332991.

By “off-cycle” or “drug holiday” is meant a time period during which thesubject is not administered or exposed to a chemotherapeutic. Forexample, in a treatment regime wherein the subject is administered thechemotherapeutic for 21 straight days and is not administered thechemotherapeutic for 7 days, and the regime is repeated a number oftimes, the 7 day period of non-administration is considered the“off-cycle” or “drug holiday.” Off-cycle and drug holiday may also referto an interruption in a treatment regime wherein the subject is notadministered the chemotherapeutic for a time due to a deleterious sideeffect, for example, myelosuppression.

The subject treated is typically a human subject, although it is to beunderstood the methods described herein are effective with respect toother animals, such as mammals and vertebrate species. Moreparticularly, the term subject can include animals used in assays suchas those used in preclinical testing including but not limited to mice,rats, monkeys, dogs, pigs and rabbits; as well as domesticated swine(pigs and hogs), ruminants, equine, poultry, felines, bovines, murines,canines, and the like.

Active Compounds

In one embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds or the use ofsuch compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;wherein:Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)— wherein z is2, 3 or 4;each X is independently CH or N;each X′ is independently CH or N;X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged such that the moiety is astable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ are independently H, C₁-C₃ alkylor haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or moreheteroatoms selected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring;each R¹ is independently aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, whereineach of said alkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl groups optionally includesO or N heteroatoms in place of a carbon in the chain and two R¹'s onadjacent ring atoms or on the same ring atom together with the ringatom(s) to which they are attached optionally form a 3-8-membered cycle;y is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴;-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring and whereinm is 0, 1 or 2 and n is 0, 1 or 2;R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently:

-   -   (i) hydrogen or    -   (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,        cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl        any of which may be optionally independently substituted with        one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two        R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionally        combine to form a ring; or R³ and R⁴ together with the nitrogen        atom to which they are attached may combine to form a        heterocyclo ring optionally independently substituted with one        or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two        R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionally        combine to form a ring;        R⁵ and R⁵* at each occurrence is:    -   (i) hydrogen or    -   (ii) alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl,        heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or        heteroarylalkyl any of which may be optionally independently        substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence;        R^(x) at each occurrence is independently, halo, cyano, nitro,        oxo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,        cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl,        heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,        -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵) -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵,        or -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵; wherein:    -   said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,        cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl,        heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups        may be further independently substituted with one or more        -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*,    -   n is 0, 1 or 2, and    -   m is 0, 1 or 2;        R³* and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently:    -   (i) hydrogen or    -   (ii) alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl,        heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or        heteroarylalkyl any of which may be optionally independently        substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence;        or R³* and R⁴* together with the nitrogen atom to which they are        attached may combine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally        independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as        allowed by valence; and        R⁶ is H or lower alkyl, -(alkylene)m-heterocyclo,        -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴        any of which may be optionally independently substituted with        one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two        R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms may optionally        combine to form a ring; and        R¹⁰ is (i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A) is unsubstituted or        substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR, C₁-C₈        cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms        selected from N, O, and S; TT is an unsubstituted or substituted        C₁-C₈ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; and RR is a hydroxyl,        unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino, unsubstituted        or substituted C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted        di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl,        unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl comprising one or two 5-        or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,        unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted        or substituted heterocycle comprising one or two 5- or 6-member        rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; or (ii)        —C(O)—R¹² or —C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A) or R^(A) and R¹³        is R^(A);        when compounds comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ring        fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present and are        as defined above;        when compounds do not comprise a double bond in the 6-membered        ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, four R⁸ groups are present        and are as defined above;        or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or isotopic        variant, for example, partially or fully deuterated form        thereof.

In one embodiment, two R⁸ groups bonded to the same carbon can form anexocyclic double bond. In another embodiment, two R⁸ groups bonded tothe same carbon can form a carbonyl group.

In one embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds or the use ofsuch compounds of Formula VI:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedabove;each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) orhaloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring;or two R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form an exocyclic doublebond;or two R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form a carbonyl group;andwhen the compound of Formula VI has a double bond, as indicated by the(----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; orwhen the compound of Formula VI does not include a double bond, asindicated by the (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidinering, four R¹⁴ groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or isotopic variant, forexample, partially or fully deuterated form thereof.

In an alternative embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds orthe use of such compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;wherein:Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)— wherein z is2, 3 or 4;each X is independently CH or N;each X′ is independently CH or N;X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged such that the moiety is astable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ are independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl(including methyl) or haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing oneor more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring;each R¹ is independently aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, whereineach of said alkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl groups optionally includesO or N heteroatoms in place of a carbon in the chain and two R¹'s onadjacent ring atoms or on the same ring atom together with the ringatom(s) to which they are attached optionally form a 3-8-membered cycle;y is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴;-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom mayoptionally combine to form a ring and wherein m is 0, 1, or 2 and n is0, 1 or 2;wherein heterocyclo may be optionally independently substituted with 1to 3 R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groupsbound to the same or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form aring;R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently:

-   -   (i) hydrogen or    -   (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,        cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl        any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally        independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as        allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the        same or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring; or        R³ and R⁴ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are        attached may combine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally        independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as        allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the        same or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring;        R⁵ and R⁵* at each occurrence is:    -   (i) hydrogen or    -   (ii) alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl,        heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or        heteroarylalkyl any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be        optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)        groups as allowed by valance;

-   R^(x) at each occurrence is independently, halo, cyano, nitro, oxo,    alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,    heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,    cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵,    -(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵,    -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵,    -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵,    -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵,    -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,    -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴,    -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵,    -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴,    -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴,    -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴,    -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵, or    -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵; wherein:    -   said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,        cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl,        heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups,        any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be further        independently substituted with one or more -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,        -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, and    -   wherein heterocycle may be further independently substituted        with one to three substitutions selected from    -   -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*,        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or        -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵* ;    -   n is 0, 1 or 2, and    -   m is 0, 1; or 2 and        R³* and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently:    -   (i) hydrogen or    -   (ii) alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl,        heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or        heteroarylalkyl any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be        optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)        groups as allowed by valance; or R³* and R⁴* together with the        nitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form a        heterocyclo ring optionally independently substituted with one        or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance;        R⁶ is H, absent, or lower alkyl, -(alkylene)m-heterocyclo,        -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,        -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,        -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴        any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally        independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as        allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the        same or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring;        and        R¹⁰ is (i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A) is unsubstituted or        substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR, C₁-C₈        cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms        selected from N, O, and S; TT is an unsubstituted or substituted        C₁-C₈ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; and RR is a hydroxyl,        unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino, unsubstituted        or substituted C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted        di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl,        unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl comprising one or two 5-        or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,        unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted        or substituted heterocycle comprising one or two 5- or 6-member        rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; or (ii)        —C(O)—R¹² or —C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A) or R^(A) and R¹³        is R^(A);        when the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V has a double        bond, as indicated by the (----), in the 6-membered ring fused        to the pyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present as allowed for        in Formula I, II, III, IV, or V above; or        when the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V does not        include a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the        6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, four R⁸ groups are        present as allowed for in Formula I, II, III, IV, or V above;

-   wherein each heteroaryl is an aryl ring system that contains one or    more heteroatoms selected from the group O, N and S, wherein the    ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized, and    nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized;

-   wherein each aryl is a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or    two rings, wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused    manner, and wherein each aryl may have 1 or more R^(x) substituents;

-   wherein each heterocyclo is a saturated or partially saturated    heteroatom-containing ring radical, where the heteroatoms may be    selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein each heterocyclo    is a monocyclic 6-8 membered ring or a 5-16 membered bicyclic ring    system, and wherein each heterocyclo may have 1 to 3 R^(x)    substituents;    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or isotopic variant,    for example, partially or fully deuterated form thereof.

In an alternative embodiment, the term “aryl” means a carbocyclicaromatic system containing one or two rings wherein such rings may beattached together in a fused manner, which may have 1 or moresubstituents selected from lower alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl,nitro, cyano, alkoxy and lower alkylamino,

In an alternative embodiment, the term “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclo”means a saturated or partially saturated heteroatom-containing ringradical, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur andoxygen, which may have 1 to 3 substituents selected from hydroxyl, Boc,halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower aralkyl, oxo, lower alkoxy,amino and lower alkylamino, wherein the heterocyclic ring is amonocyclic 6-8 membered rings, or a 5-16 membered bicyclic ring systemswhich can include bridged fused and spiro-fused bicyclic ring systems,and which does not include rings containing —O—O—.—O—S— or —S—S—portion.

In an alternative embodiment, the term “heteroaryl” means an aryl ringsystem that contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group O,N and S, wherein the ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) are optionallyoxidized, and nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized;

In one embodiment, two R⁸ groups bonded to the same carbon can form anexocyclic double bond. In another embodiment, two R⁸ groups bonded tothe same carbon can form a carbonyl group.

In an alternative embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds orthe use of such compounds of Formula VI:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedabove;each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) orhaloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring;or two R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form an exocyclic doublebond;or two R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form a carbonyl group;and when the compound of Formula VI has a double bond, as indicated bythe (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; orwhen the compound of Formula VI does not include a double bond, asindicated by the (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidinering, four R¹⁴ groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above;

-   wherein each heteroaryl is an aryl ring system that contains one or    more heteroatoms selected from the group O, N and S, wherein the    ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized, and    nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized;-   wherein each aryl is a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or    two rings, wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused    manner, and wherein each aryl may have 1 or more R^(x) substituents;-   wherein each heterocyclo is a saturated or partially saturated    heteroatom-containing ring radical, where the heteroatoms may be    selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein each heterocyclo    is a monocyclic 6-8 membered ring or a 5-16 membered bicyclic ring    system, and wherein each heterocyclo may have 1 to 3 R^(x)    substituents;    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or isotopic variant,    for example, partially or fully deuterated form thereof

In some aspects, the compound is of Formula I or Formula II and R⁶ isabsent.

In some aspects, the compound is of Formula III:

and the variables are as defined for compounds of Formulae I and II andpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof

In some aspects, R^(x) is not further substituted.

In some aspects, R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring and whereinm is 0 or 1 and n is 0, 1 or 2.

In some aspects, R⁸ is hydrogen or C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In some aspects, R is hydrogen or C₁-C₃ alkyl.

In some aspects, R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl or -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵ any of which may beoptionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups asallowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same oradjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring.

In some aspects, R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl or -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵ without furthersubstitution.

In some aspects, m in R² is 1. In a further aspect, the alkylene in R²is methylene.

In some aspects, R² is

wherein:R^(2*) is a bond, alkylene, -(alkylene)_(m)-O-(alkylene)_(m)-,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)₂-(alkylene)_(m)- or-(alkylene)_(m)-NH-(alkylene)_(m)- wherein each m is independently 0 or1;P is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturated heterocyclyl group;each R^(x1) is independently-(alkylene)_(m)-(C(O))_(m)-(alkylene)_(m)-(N(R^(N)))_(m)-(alkyl)_(m)wherein each m is independently 0 or 1 provided at least one m is 1,—(C(O))—O-alkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-cycloalkyl wherein m is 0 or 1,—N(R^(N))-cycloalkyl, —C(O)-cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclylwherein m is 0 or 1, or —N(R^(N))-heterocyclyl, —C(O)-heterocyclyl,—S(O)₂-(alkylene)_(m) wherein m is 1 or 2, wherein:

R^(N) is H, C₁ to C₄ alkyl or C₁ to C₆ heteroalkyl, and

wherein two R^(x1) can, together with the atoms to which they attach onP, which may be

the same atom, form a ring; and

t is 0, 1 or 2.

In some aspects, each R^(x1) is only optionally substituted byunsubstituted alkyl, halogen or hydroxy.

In some aspects, R^(x1) is hydrogen or unsubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some aspects, at least one R^(x1) is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclylwherein m is 0 or 1.

In some aspects, R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some aspects, R² is

In some aspects, R² is

In some aspects, R² is

wherein:R^(2*) is a bond, alkylene, -(alkylene)_(m)-O-(alkylene)_(m)-,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)₂-(alkylene)_(m)- or-(alkylene)_(m)-NH-(alkylene)_(m)- wherein each m is independently 0 or1;P is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturated heterocyclyl group;P1 is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl group;each R^(x2) is independently hydrogen or alkyl; ands is 0, 1 or 2.

In some aspects, R² is

In some aspects, P1 includes at least one nitrogen.

In some aspects, any alkylene in R²* in any previous aspect is notfurther substituted.

In some aspects, R² is selected from the structures depicted in FIGS.2-4.

In some aspects, R² is

In some aspects, the compound has general Formula I and morespecifically one of the general structures disclosed in FIGS. 5A-9Fwherein the variables are as previously defined.

In some aspects, the compound has general Formula Ia:

wherein R¹, R², R, R⁸, X and y are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ia and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ia and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ia and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ia and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or unsubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl andR^(2*) is as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ib:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ib and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ib and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ib and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ib and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ic:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ic and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ic and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ic and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ic and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Id:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Id and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Id and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Id and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Id and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ie:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined. In some embodiments, thecompound has Formula Ie and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ie and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ie and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ie and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula If:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula If and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula If and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula If and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula If and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ig:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ig and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ig and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ig and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ig and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ih:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ih and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ih and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ih and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ih and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ii:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ii and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ii and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ii and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group and R^(2*), R^(x1) and t are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ii and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl and R^(2*) is aspreviously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ij:

wherein R, R² and R⁸ are as previously defined.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ij and R is alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ij and R is H.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ij and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ij and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ij and R is H, and X is CHand N.

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:

In some embodiments, the compound has the structure Ik:

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ik and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ik and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Il:

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Il and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Il and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Im:

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Im and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Im and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula Ha:

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula IIa and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula IIa and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula IIb:

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula IIb and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound has Formula IIb and R² is

wherein P* is a 4- to 8-membered mono- or bicyclic saturatedheterocyclyl group, R^(x1) is hydrogen or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some aspects, the active compound is:

Further specific compounds that fall within the present invention andthat can be used in the disclosed methods of treatment and compositionsinclude, but are not limited to, the structures listed in Table 1 below.

TABLE 1 Structures of Tricyclic Lactams Structure Reference Structure A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

HH

II

JJ

KK

LL

MM

NN

OO

PP

QQ

RR

SS

TT

UU

VV

WW

XX

YY

ZZ

AAA

BBB

CCC

DDD

EEE

FFF

GGG

HHH

III

JJJ

KKK

LLL

MMM

NNN

OOO

PPP

QQQ

RRR

SSS

TTT

UUU

VVV

WWW

XXX

YYY

ZZZ

AAAA

BBBB

CCCC

DDDD

EEEE

FFFF

GGGG

HHHH

Isotopic Substitution

The present invention includes compounds and the use of compounds withdesired isotopic substitutions of atoms, at amounts above the naturalabundance of the isotope, i.e., enriched. Isotopes are atoms having thesame atomic number but different mass numbers, i.e., the same number ofprotons but a different number of neutrons. By way of general exampleand without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen, for example, deuterium(²H) and tritium (³H) may be used anywhere in described structures.Alternatively or in addition, isotopes of carbon, e.g., ¹³C and ¹⁴C, maybe used. A preferred isotopic substitution is deuterium for hydrogen atone or more locations on the molecule to improve the performance of thedrug. The deuterium can be bound in a location of bond breakage duringmetabolism (an α-deuterium kinetic isotope effect) or next to or nearthe site of bond breakage (a β-deuterium kinetic isotope effect).

Substitution with isotopes such as deuterium can afford certaintherapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, suchas, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosagerequirements. Substitution of deuterium for hydrogen at a site ofmetabolic break down can reduce the rate of or eliminate the metabolismat that bond. At any position of the compound that a hydrogen atom maybe present, the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, includingprotium (¹H), deuterium (²H) and tritium (³H). Thus, reference herein toa compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the contextclearly dictates otherwise.

The term “isotopically-labeled” analog refers to an analog that is a“deuterated analog”, a “¹³C-labeled analog,” or a“deuterated/¹³C-labeled analog.” The term “deuterated analog” means acompound described herein, whereby a H-isotope, i.e., hydrogen/protium(¹H), is substituted by a H-isotope, i.e., deuterium (²H). Deuteriumsubstitution can be partial or complete. Partial deuterium substitutionmeans that at least one hydrogen is substituted by at least onedeuterium. In certain embodiments, the isotope is 90, 95 or 99% or moreenriched in an isotope at any location of interest. In some embodimentsit is deuterium that is 90, 95 or 99% enriched at a desired location.

Rb-Positive Cancers and Proliferative Disorders

In particular, the active compounds described herein can be used totreat a subject suffering from an Rb-positive cancer or otherRb-positive abnormal cellular proliferative disorder. In someembodiments, the cancer or cellular proliferation disorder is aCDK4/6-replication dependent cancer or cellular proliferation disorder,which refers to a cancer or cellular proliferation disorder thatrequires the activity of CDK4/6 for replication or proliferation, orwhich may be growth inhibited through the activity of a selective CDK4/6inhibitor. Cancers and disorders of such type can be characterized by(e.g., that has cells that exhibit) the presence of a functionalRetinoblastoma protein. Such cancers and disorders are classified asbeing Rb-positive. Rb-positive abnormal cellular proliferationdisorders, and variations of this term as used herein, refer todisorders or diseases caused by uncontrolled or abnormal cellulardivision which are characterized by the presence of a functionalRetinoblastoma protein, which can include cancers. In one aspect of thepresent invention, the compounds and methods described herein can beused to treat a non-cancerous Rb-positive abnormal cellularproliferation disorder.

Targeted cancers suitable for administration of a compound describedherein may include Rb-positive: estrogen-receptor positive,HER2-negative advanced breast cancer, late-line metastatic breastcancer, liposarcoma, non-small cell lung cancer, liver cancer, ovariancancer, glioblastoma, refractory solid tumors, retinoblastoma positivebreast cancer as well as retinoblastoma positive endometrial, vaginaland ovarian cancers and lung and bronchial cancers, adenocarcinoma ofthe colon, adenocarcinoma of the rectum, central nervous system germcell tumors, teratomas, estrogen receptor-negative breast cancer,estrogen receptor-positive breast cancer, familial testicular germ celltumors, HER2-negative breast cancer, HER2-positive breast cancer, malebreast cancer, ovarian immature teratomas, ovarian mature teratoma,ovarian monodermal and highly specialized teratomas, progesteronereceptor-negative breast cancer, progesterone receptor-positive breastcancer, recurrent breast cancer, recurrent colon cancer, recurrentextragonadal germ cell tumors, recurrent extragonadal non-seminomatousgerm cell tumor, recurrent extragonadal seminomas, recurrent malignanttesticular germ cell tumors, recurrent melanomas, recurrent ovarian germcell tumors, recurrent rectal cancer, stage III extragonadalnon-seminomatous germ cell tumors, stage III extragonadal seminomas,stage III malignant testicular germ cell tumors, stage III ovarian germcell tumors, stage IV breast cancers, stage IV colon cancers, stage IVextragonadal non-seminomatous germ cell tumors, stage IV extragonadalseminoma, stage IV melanomas, stage IV ovarian germ cell tumors, stageIV rectal cancers, testicular immature teratomas, testicular matureteratomas. In particular embodiments, the targeted cancers includedestrogen-receptor positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer,late-line metastatic breast cancer, liposarcoma, non-small cell lungcancer, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, glioblastoma, refractory solidtumors, retinoblastoma positive breast cancer as well as retinoblastomapositive endometrial, vaginal and ovarian cancers and lung and bronchialcancers, metastatic colorectal cancer, metastatic melanoma with CDK4mutation or amplification, or cisplatin-refractory, unresectable germcell tumors.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is selected from anRb-positive carcinoma, sarcoma, including, but not limited to, lungcancer, bone cancer, pancreatic cancer, skin cancer, cancer of the heador neck, cutaneous or intraocular melanoma, uterine cancer, ovariancancer, rectal cancer, cancer of the anal region, stomach cancer, coloncancer, breast cancer, uterine cancer, carcinoma of the fallopian tubes,carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the cervix, carcinoma of thevagina, carcinoma of the vulva, cancer of the esophagus, cancer of thesmall intestine, cancer of the endocrine system, cancer of the thyroidgland, cancer of the parathyroid gland, cancer of the adrenal gland,sarcoma of soft tissue, cancer of the urethra, cancer of the penis,prostate cancer, cancer of the bladder, cancer of the kidney or ureter,renal cell carcinoma, carcinoma of the renal pelvis, neoplasms of thecentral nervous system (CNS), primary CNS lymphoma, spinal axis tumors,brain stem glioma, pituitary adenoma, or a combination of one or more ofthe foregoing cancers.

In one embodiment, the Rb-positive cancer is selected from the groupconsisting of Rb-positive: fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, chondrosarcoma,osteosarcoma, chordoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, hemangiosarcoma,angiosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma. Mesothelioma, leiomyosarcoma,rhabdomyosarcoma, squamous cell carcinoma; epidermoid carcinoma,malignant skin adnexal tumors, adenocarcinoma, hepatoma, hepatocellularcarcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hypernephroma, cholangiocarcinoma,transitional cell carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal cellcarcinoma, glioma anaplastic; glioblastoma multiforme-neuroblastoma,medulloblastoma, malignant meningioma, malignant schwannoma,neurofibrosarcoma, parathyroid carcinoma, medullary carcinoma ofthyroid, bronchial carcinoid, pheochromocytoma, Islet cell carcinoma,malignant carcinoid, malignant paraganglioma, melanoma, Merkel cellneoplasm, cystosarcoma phylloide, salivary cancers, thymic carcinomas,bladder cancer, and Wilms tumor.

The presence or normal functioning of the retinoblastoma (Rb) tumorsuppressor protein (Rb-positive) can be determined through any of thestandard assays known to one of ordinary skill in the art, including butnot limited to Western Blot, ELISA (enzyme linked immunoadsorbentassay), IHC (immunohistochemistry), and FACS (fluorescent activated cellsorting). The selection of the assay will depend upon the tissue, cellline or surrogate tissue sample that is utilized e.g., for exampleWestern Blot and ELISA may be used with any or all types of tissues,cell lines or surrogate tissues, whereas the IHC method would be moreappropriate wherein the tissue utilized in the methods of the presentinvention was a tumor biopsy. FACs analysis would be most applicable tosamples that were single cell suspensions such as cell lines andisolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells. See for example, US20070212736 “Functional Immunohistochemical Cell Cycle Analysis as aPrognostic Indicator for Cancer”. Alternatively, molecular genetictesting may be used for determination of retinoblastoma gene status.Molecular genetic testing for retinoblastoma includes the following asdescribed in Lohmann and Gallie “Retinoblastoma. Gene Reviews” (2010)http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/bookshelf/br.fcgi?book=gene&part=retinoblastomaor Parsam et al. “A comprehensive, sensitive and economical approach forthe detection of mutations in the RB 1 gene in retinoblastoma” Journalof Genetics, 88(4), 517-527 (2009).

In some embodiments, the cancer to be treated is selected fromestrogen-receptor positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer,late-line metastatic breast cancer, liposarcoma, non-small cell lungcancer, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, glioblastoma, refractory solidtumors, retinoblastoma positive breast cancer as well as retinoblastomapositive endometrial, vaginal and ovarian cancers and lung and bronchialcancers.

CDK-Replication Dependent Cells and Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitors

Tissue-specific stem cells and subsets of other resident proliferatingcells are capable of self-renewal, meaning that they are capable ofreplacing themselves throughout the adult mammalian lifespan throughregulated replication. Additionally, stem cells divide asymmetrically toproduce “progeny” or “progenitor” cells that in turn produce variouscomponents of a given organ. For example, in the hematopoietic system,the hematopoietic stem cells give rise to progenitor cells which in turngive rise to all the differentiated components of blood (e.g., whiteblood cells, red blood cells, and platelets) (see FIG. 1).

It has been found that certain proliferating cells, such as HSPCs,require the enzymatic activity of the proliferative kinasescyclin-dependent kinase 4 (CDK4) and/or cyclin-dependent kinase 6 (CDK6)for cellular replication. In contrast, the majority of proliferatingcells in adult mammals (e.g., the more differentiated blood-formingcells in the bone marrow) do not require the activity of CDK4 and/orCDK6 (i.e., CDK4/6). These differentiated cells can proliferate in theabsence of CDK4/6 activity by using other proliferative kinases, such ascyclin-dependent kinase 2 (CDK2) or cyclin-dependent kinase 1 (CDK1).

The present invention includes methods of treating certain cancers, inparticular Rb-positive cancers, while minimizing the deleterious effectson CDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cells in a subject, and inparticular, hematopoietic cells and/or progenitor cells (HSPCs), by theadministration of a compound described herein to treat a specificRb-positive cancer. In certain embodiments, the compound administered isselected from the group consisting of a compound or compositioncomprising Formula I, Formula II, Formula III, Formula IV, Formula V, orFormula VI, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, thecompound administered is selected from the group consisting of acompound selected from Table 1.

In certain aspects, compounds, methods, and compositions are provided aschemotherapeutics which reduce or limit the deleterious effect of CDK4/6inhibition on CDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cells in a subjectundergoing CDK4/6 inhibitory treatment for an Rb-positive cancer. Incertain embodiments, the compound administered is selected from thegroup consisting of the compound or a composition comprising Formula I,Formula II, Formula III, Formula IV, Formula V, or Formula VI, or apharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt, isotopic analog, orprodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound administered isselected from a compound contained in Table 1, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable composition, salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof. Inone embodiment, the CDK4/6-replication dependent cells are hematopoieticstem cells and/or progenitor cells (HSPCs).

In certain embodiments, the compound administered is selected from thegroup consisting of the compound or a composition comprising Formula I,Formula II, Formula III, Formula IV, Formula V, or Formula VI, or apharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt, isotopic analog, orprodrug thereof, or compound contained in Table 1, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable composition, salt, isotopic analog, or prodrug thereof,wherein the effect of the compound is short term and transient innature, allowing a significant portion of the CDK4/6-replicationdependent healthy cells to synchronously renter the cell-cycle quickly,for example within less than about 24, 30, 36, or 40 hours of the lastadministration of the compound.

In one embodiment, a compound useful in the methods described herein isa selective CDK4/6 inhibitor compound that selectively inhibits at leastone of CDK4 and CDK6 or through the inhibition of cellular replicationof an Rb-positive cancer. In one embodiment, the tricyclic lactamcompounds for use in the described methods are CDK4/6 inhibitors, withminimal CDK2 inhibitory activity. In one embodiment, a compound for usein the methods described herein has a CDK4/CycD1 IC₅₀ inhibitoryconcentration value thatis >100, >200, >300, >400, >500, >600, >700, >800, >900, >1000, >1250, >1500times, >1800 times, >2000 times, >2200 times, >2500 times, >2700times, >3000 times, >3200 times lower than its respective IC₅₀concentration value for CDK2/CycE inhibition. In one embodiment, acompound for use in the methods described herein has an IC₅₀concentration value for CDK4/CycD1 inhibition that is about <1.50 nM,<1.25 nM, <1.0 nM, <0.90 nM, <0.85 nM, <0.80 nM, <0.75 nM, <0.70 nM,<0.65 nM, <0.60 nM, <0.55 nM, or less. In one embodiment, a tricycliclactam for use in the methods described herein has an IC₅₀ concentrationvalue for CDK2/CycE inhibition that is about >1.0 μM, >1.25 μM, >1.50μM, >1.75 μM, >2.0 μM, >2.25 μM, >2.50 μM, >2.75 μM, >3.0 μM, >3.25μM, >3.5 μM or greater. In one embodiment, a compound for use in themethods described herein has an IC₅₀ concentration value for CDK2/CycAIC₅₀ that is >0.80 μM, >0.85 μM, >0.90 μM, >0.95 μM, >0.1.0 μM, >1.25μM, >1.50 μM, >1.75 μM, >2.0 μM, >2.25 μM, >2.50 μM, >2.75 uM, >3.0 μMor greater.

In one embodiment, the compounds described herein are used inCDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cell cycling strategies wherein asubject is exposed to regular, repeated chemotherapeutic treatments foran Rb-positive cancer. Such cycling allows CDK4/6-replication dependentcells to regenerate damaged blood cell lineages between regular,repeated treatments, and reduces the risk associated with long termCDK4/6 inhibition.

In one embodiment, the use of a compound described herein provides for arapid, reentry into the cell cycle by CDK4/6-replication dependenthealthy cells, for example HSPCs, so that a portion of the cells exhibita level of cell cycle activity or are capable of entering the cell cycleand proliferate during a continuous treatment regime, for example, atreatment regime wherein the compound is administered for an extendedperiod, for example, 5 continuous days, 7 continuous days, 10 continuousdays, 14 continuous days, 18 continuous days, 21 continuous days, 24continuous days, 28 continuous days, 35 continuous days or more. In oneembodiment, a compound useful in a described method is administered fora continuous period, for example, 21, 28, 35 days or more, without therequirement for an off-cycle period or drug holiday. In one embodiment,the use of a compound described herein eliminates the need for anoff-cycle period, drug holiday, or reduction in co-administeredanti-neoplastic compound concentration during treatment.

According to the present invention, a compound described herein can beadministered as a chemotherapeutic to a subject having an Rb-positiveproliferation disorder on any treatment schedule and in any doseconsistent with the prescribed course of treatment. For instance thecompound can be administered once a day, twice a day or three times aday. The compound can be administered on alternating days, or everythird day, or every fourth day, or every fifth day, or every sixth dayor once a week. The compound can be administered every other week ormonthly.

Combination Therapy

In one aspect of the invention, the compounds disclosed herein can bebeneficially administered in combination with another therapeuticregimen for beneficial, additive or synergystic effect.

In one embodiment, a compound/method of the present invention is used incombination with another therapy to treat the Rb-positive cancer. Thesecond therapy can be an immunotherapy. As discussed in more detailbelow, the compound can be conjugated to an antibody, radioactive agent,or other targeting agent that directs the compound to the diseased orabnormally proliferating cell. In another embodiment, the compound isused in combination with another pharmaceutical or a biologic agent (forexample an antibody) to increase the efficacy of treatment with acombined or a synergistic approach. In an embodiment, the compound canbe used with T-cell vaccination, which typically involves immunizationwith inactivated autoreactive T cells to eliminate an Rb-positive cancercell population as described herein. In another embodiment, the compoundis used in combination with a bispecific T-cell Engager (BiTE), which isan antibody designed to simultaneously bind to specific antigens onendogenous T cells and Rb-positive cancer cells as described herein,linking the two types of cells.

In one embodiment, the additional therapy is a monoclonal antibody(MAb). Some MAbs stimulate an immune response that destroys cancercells. Similar to the antibodies produced naturally by B cells, theseMAbs “coat” the cancer cell surface, triggering its destruction by theimmune system. For example, bevacizumab targets vascular endothelialgrowth factor(VEGF), a protein secreted by tumor cells and other cellsin the tumor's microenvironment that promotes the development of tumorblood vessels. When bound to bevacizumab, VEGF cannot interact with itscellular receptor, preventing the signaling that leads to the growth ofnew blood vessels. Similarly, cetuximab and panitumumab target theepidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), and trastuzumab targets thehuman epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER-2). MAbs that bind to cellsurface growth factor receptors prevent the targeted receptors fromsending their normal growth-promoting signals. They may also triggerapoptosis and activate the immune system to destroy tumor cells.

Another group of cancer therapeutic MAbs are the immunoconjugates. TheseMAbs, which are sometimes called immunotoxins or antibody-drugconjugates, consist of an antibody attached to a cell-killing substance,such as a plant or bacterial toxin, a chemotherapy drug, or aradioactive molecule. The antibody latches onto its specific antigen onthe surface of a cancer cell, and the cell-killing substance is taken upby the cell. FDA-approved conjugated MAbs that work this way includeado-trastuzumab emtansine, which targets the HER-2 molecule to deliverthe drug DM1, which inhibits cell proliferation, to HER-2 expressingmetastatic breast cancer cells.

Immunotherapies with T cells engineered to recognize cancer cells viabispecific antibodies (bsAbs) or chimeric antigen receptors (CARs) areapproaches with potential to ablate both dividing and non/slow-dividingsubpopulations of cancer cells.

Bispecific antibodies, by simultaneously recognizing target antigen andan activating receptor on the surface of an immune effector cell, offeran opportunity to redirect immune effector cells to kill cancer cells.The other approach is the generation of chimeric antigen receptors byfusing extracellular antibodies to intracellular signaling domains.Chimeric antigen receptor-engineered T cells are able to specificallykill tumor cells in a MHC-independent way.

In some embodiments, the compound can be administered to the subject incombination with other chemotherapeutic agents. If convenient, thecompounds described herein can be administered at the same time asanother chemotherapeutic agent, in order to simplify the treatmentregimen. In some embodiments, the compound and the otherchemotherapeutic can be provided in a single formulation. In oneembodiment, the use of the compounds described herein is combined in atherapeutic regime with other agents. Such agents may include, but arenot limited to, tamoxifen, midazolam, letrozole, bortezomib,anastrozole, goserelin, an mTOR inhibitor, a PI3 kinase inhibitors, dualmTOR-PI3K inhibitors, MEK inhibitors, RAS inhibitors, ALK inhibitors,HSP inhibitors (for example, HSP70 and HSP 90 inhibitors, or acombination thereof), BCL-2 inhibitors, apoptotic inducing compounds,AKT inhibitors, including but not limited to, MK-2206, GSK690693,Perifosine, (KRX-0401), GDC-0068, Triciribine, AZD5363, Honokiol,PF-04691502, and Miltefosine, PD-1 inhibitors including but not limitedto, Nivolumab, CT-011 (pidilizumab), MK-3475 (pembrolizumab), BMS936558,MPDL328OA (Roche), and AMP-514 or FLT-3 inhibitors, including but notlimited to, P406, Dovitinib, Quizartinib (AC220), Amuvatinib (MP-470),Tandutinib (MLN518), ENMD-2076, and KW-2449, or combinations thereof.Examples of mTOR inhibitors include but are not limited to rapamycin andits analogs, everolimus (Afinitor), temsirolimus, ridaforolimus,sirolimus, and deforolimus. Examples of P13 kinase inhibitors includebut are not limited to Wortmannin, demethoxyviridin, perifosine,idelalisib, PX-866, IPI-145, BAY 80-6946, BEZ235, RP6503, TGR 1202(RP5264), MLN1117 (INK1117), Pictilisib, Buparlisib, SAR245408 (XL147),SAR245409 (XL765), Palomid 529, ZSTK474, PWT33597, RP6530, CUDC-907, andAEZS-136. Examples of MEK inhibitors include but are not limited toTametinib, Selumetinib, MEK162, GDC-0973 (XL518), and PD0325901.Examples of RAS inhibitors include but are not limited to Reolysin andsiGl2D LODER. Examples of ALK inhibitors include but are not limited toCrizotinib, AP26113, and LDK378. HSP inhibitors include but are notlimited to Geldanamycin or 17-N-Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin(17AAG), and Radicicol. In a particular embodiment, a compound describedherein is administered in combination with letrozole and/or tamoxifen.Other chemotherapeutic agents that can be used in combination with thecompounds described herein include, but are not limited to,chemotherapeutic agents that do not require cell cycle activity fortheir anti-neoplastic effect.

In one embodiment, a CDK4/6 inhibitor described herein can be combinedwith a chemotherapeutic selected from, but are not limited to, Imatinibmesylate (Gleevac®), Dasatinib (Sprycel®), Nilotinib (Tasigna®),Bosutinib (Bosulif®), Trastuzumab (Herceptin®), Pertuzumab (Perjeta™),Lapatinib (Tykerb®), Gefitinib (Iressa®), Erlotinib (Tarceva®),Cetuximab (Erbitux®), Panitumumab (Vectibix®), Vandetanib (Caprelsa®),Vemurafenib (Zelboraf®), Vorinostat (Zolinza®), Romidepsin (Istodax®),Bexarotene (Tagretin®), Alitretinoin (Panretin®), Tretinoin (Vesanoid®),Carfilizomib (Kyprolis™), Pralatrexate (Folotyn®), Bevacizumab(Avastin®), Ziv-aflibercept (Zaltrap®), Sorafenib (Nexavar®), Sunitinib(Sutent®), Pazopanib (Votrient®), Regorafenib (Stivarga®), andCabozantinib (Cometriq™).

In certain aspects, the additional therapeutic agent is ananti-inflammatory agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, a radiotherapeutic,additional therapeutic agents, or immunosuppressive agents.

Suitable chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to,radioactive molecules, toxins, also referred to as cytotoxins orcytotoxic agents, which includes any agent that is detrimental to theviability of cells, agents, and liposomes or other vesicles containingchemotherapeutic compounds. General anticancer pharmaceutical agentsinclude: Vincristine (Oncovin®) or liposomal vincristine (Marqibo®),Daunorubicin (daunomycin or Cerubidine®) or doxorubicin (Adriamycin®),Cytarabine (cytosine arabinoside, ara-C, or Cytosar®), L-asparaginase(Elspar®) or PEG-L-asparaginase (pegaspargase or Oncaspar®), Etoposide(VP-16), Teniposide (Vumon®), 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP or Purinethol®),Methotrexate, Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), Prednisone, Dexamethasone(Decadron), imatinib (Gleevec®), dasatinib (Sprycel®), nilotinib(Tasigna®), bosutinib (Bosulif®), and ponatinib (Iclusig™) Examples ofadditional suitable chemotherapeutic agents include but are not limitedto 1-dehydrotestosterone, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine, 6-mercaptopurine,6-thioguanine, actinomycin D, adriamycin, aldesleukin, alkylatingagents, allopurinol sodium, altretamine, amifostine, anastrozole,anthramycin (AMC)), anti-mitotic agents, cis-dichlorodiamine platinum(II) (DDP) cisplatin), diamino dichloro platinum, anthracyclines,antibiotics, antimetabolites, asparaginase, BCG live (intravesical),betamethasone sodium phosphate and betamethasone acetate, bicalutamide,bleomycin sulfate, busulfan, calcium leucouorin, calicheamicin,capecitabine, carboplatin, lomustine (CCNU), carmustine (BSNU),Chlorambucil, Cisplatin, Cladribine, Colchicin, conjugated estrogens,Cyclophosphamide, Cyclothosphamide, Cytarabine, Cytarabine, cytochalasinB, Cytoxan, Dacarbazine, Dactinomycin, dactinomycin (formerlyactinomycin), daunirubicin HCL, daunorucbicin citrate, denileukindiftitox, Dexrazoxane, Dibromomannitol, dihydroxy anthracin dione,Docetaxel, dolasetron mesylate, doxorubicin HCL, dronabinol, E. coliL-asparaginase, emetine, epoetin-α, Erwinia L-asparaginase, esterifiedestrogens, estradiol, estramustine phosphate sodium, ethidium bromide,ethinyl estradiol, etidronate, etoposide citrororum factor, etoposidephosphate, filgrastim, floxuridine, fluconazole, fludarabine phosphate,fluorouracil, flutamide, folinic acid, gemcitabine HCL, glucocorticoids,goserelin acetate, gramicidin D, granisetron HCL, hydroxyurea,idarubicin HCL, ifosfamide, interferon α-2b, irinotecan HCL, letrozole,leucovorin calcium, leuprolide acetate, levamisole HCL, lidocaine,lomustine, maytansinoid, mechlorethamine HCL, medroxyprogesteroneacetate, megestrol acetate, melphalan HCL, mercaptipurine, mesna,methotrexate, methyltestosterone, mithramycin, mitomycin C, mitotane,mitoxantrone, nilutamide, octreotide acetate, ondansetron HCL,paclitaxel, pamidronate disodium, pentostatin, pilocarpine HCL,plimycin, polifeprosan 20 with carmustine implant, porfimer sodium,procaine, procarbazine HCL, propranolol, rituximab, sargramostim,streptozotocin, tamoxifen, taxol, teniposide, tenoposide, testolactone,tetracaine, thioepa chlorambucil, thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan HCL,toremifene citrate, trastuzumab, tretinoin, valrubicin, vinblastinesulfate, vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine tartrate.

Additional therapeutic agents that can be administered in combinationwith a compound disclosed herein can include bevacizumab, sutinib,sorafenib, 2-methoxyestradiol or 2ME2, finasunate, vatalanib,vandetanib, aflibercept, volociximab, etaracizumab (MEDI-522),cilengitide, erlotinib, cetuximab, panitumumab, gefitinib, trastuzumab,dovitinib, figitumumab, atacicept, rituximab, alemtuzumab, aldesleukine,atlizumab, tocilizumab, temsirolimus, everolimus, lucatumumab,dacetuzumab, HLL1, huN901-DM1, atiprimod, natalizumab, bortezomib,carfilzomib, marizomib, tanespimycin, saquinavir mesylate, ritonavir,nelfinavir mesylate, indinavir sulfate, belinostat, panobinostat,mapatumumab, lexatumumab, dulanermin, ABT-737, oblimersen, plitidepsin,talmapimod, P276-00, enzastaurin, tipifarnib, perifosine, imatinib,dasatinib, lenalidomide, thalidomide, simvastatin, and celecoxib.

In one aspect of the present invention, a compound described herein canbe combined with at least one immunosuppressive agent. Theimmunosuppressive agent is preferably selected from the group consistingof a calcineurin inhibitor, e.g. a cyclosporin or an ascomycin, e.g.Cyclosporin A (NEORAL®), FK506 (tacrolimus), pimecrolimus, a mTORinhibitor, e.g. rapamycin or a derivative thereof, e.g. Sirolimus(RAPAMUNE®), Everolimus (Certican®), temsirolimus, zotarolimus,biolimus-7, biolimus-9, a rapalog, e.g.ridaforolimus, azathioprine,campath 1H, a S1P receptor modulator, e.g. fingolimod or an analoguethereof, an anti IL-8 antibody, mycophenolic acid or a salt thereof,e.g. sodium salt, or a prodrug thereof, e.g. Mycophenolate Mofetil(CELLCEPT®), OKT3 (ORTHOCLONE OKT3®), Prednisone, ATGAM®,THYMOGLOBULIN®, Brequinar Sodium, OKT4, T10B9.A-3A, 33B3.1,15-deoxyspergualin, tresperimus, Leflunomide ARAVA®, CTLAI-Ig,anti-CD25, anti-IL2R, Basiliximab (SIMULECT®), Daclizumab (ZENAPAX®),mizorbine, methotrexate, dexamethasone, ISAtx-247, SDZ ASM 981(pimecrolimus, Elidel®), CTLA4lg (Abatacept), belatacept, LFA3lg,etanercept (sold as Enbrel® by Immunex), adalimumab (Humira®),infliximab (Remicade®), an anti-LFA-1 antibody, natalizumab (Antegren®),Enlimomab, gavilimomab, antithymocyte immunoglobulin, siplizumab,Alefacept efalizumab, pentasa, mesalazine, asacol, codeine phosphate,benorylate, fenbufen, naprosyn, diclofenac, etodolac and indomethacin,aspirin and ibuprofen.

In one aspect of the present invention, a compound described herein canbe combined with at least one anti-inflammatory agent. Theanti-inflammatory agent can be a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, anonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agent, or a combination thereof. In someembodiments, anti-inflammatory drugs include, but are not limited to,alclofenac, alclometasone dipropionate, algestone acetonide, alphaamylase, amcinafal, amcinafide, amfenac sodium, amiprilosehydrochloride, anakinra, anirolac, anitrazafen, apazone, balsalazidedisodium, bendazac, benoxaprofen, benzydamine hydrochloride, bromelains,broperamole, budesonide, carprofen, cicloprofen, cintazone, cliprofen,clobetasol propionate, clobetasone butyrate, clopirac, cloticasonepropionate, cormethasone acetate, cortodoxone, deflazacort, desonide,desoximetasone, dexamethasone dipropionate, diclofenac potassium,diclofenac sodium, diflorasone diacetate, diflumidone sodium,diflunisal, difluprednate, diftalone, dimethyl sulfoxide, drocinonide,endrysone, enlimomab, enolicam sodium, epirizole, etodolac, etofenamate,felbinac, fenamole, fenbufen, fenclofenac, fenclorac, fendosal,fenpipalone, fentiazac, flazalone, fluazacort, flufenamic acid,flumizole, flunisolide acetate, flunixin, flunixin meglumine, fluocortinbutyl, fluorometholone acetate, fluquazone, flurbiprofen, fluretofen,fluticasone propionate, furaprofen, furobufen, halcinonide, halobetasolpropionate, halopredone acetate, ibufenac, ibuprofen, ibuprofenaluminum, ibuprofen piconol, ilonidap, indomethacin, indomethacinsodium, indoprofen, indoxole, intrazole, isoflupredone acetate,isoxepac, isoxicam, ketoprofen, lofemizole hydrochloride, lomoxicam,loteprednol etabonate, meclofenamate sodium, meclofenamic acid,meclorisone dibutyrate, mefenamic acid, mesalamine, meseclazone,methylprednisolone suleptanate, morniflumate, nabumetone, naproxen,naproxen sodium, naproxol, nimazone, olsalazine sodium, orgotein,orpanoxin, oxaprozin, oxyphenbutazone, paranyline hydrochloride,pentosan polysulfate sodium, phenbutazone sodium glycerate, pirfenidone,piroxicam, piroxicam cinnamate, piroxicam olamine, pirprofen,prednazate, prifelone, prodolic acid, proquazone, proxazole, proxazolecitrate, rimexolone, romazarit, salcolex, salnacedin, salsalate,sanguinarium chloride, seclazone, sermetacin, sudoxicam, sulindac,suprofen, talmetacin, talniflumate, talosalate, tebufelone, tenidap,tenidap sodium, tenoxicam, tesicam, tesimide, tetrydamine, tiopinac,tixocortol pivalate, tolmetin, tolmetin sodium, triclonide,triflumidate, zidometacin, zomepirac sodium, aspirin (acetylsalicylicacid), salicylic acid, corticosteroids, glucocorticoids, tacrolimus,pimecorlimus, prodrugs thereof, co-drugs thereof, and combinationsthereof

In one aspect of the present invention, a compound described herein canbe combined with at least one immunomodulatory agent. In one embodiment,the immunomodulatory agent is selected from the group consisting of aCTLA-4 inhibitor, PD-1 or anti-PD-1 agent, IFN-alpha, IFN-beta, and avaccine, for example, a cancer vaccine. In one embodiment, the PD-1agent is Keytruda® (pembrolizumab). In one embodiment, the PD-1 agent isOpdivo (nivolumab). In one embodiment, the CTLA-4 inhibitor is Yervoy®(ipilimumab).

In certain embodiments, a compound described herein is administered tothe subject prior to treatment with another chemotherapeutic agent,during treatment with another chemotherapeutic agent, afteradministration of another chemotherapeutic agent, or a combinationthereof

In some embodiments, the compound can be administered to the subjectsuch that the other chemotherapeutic agent can be administered either athigher doses (increased chemotherapeutic dose intensity) or morefrequently (increased chemotherapeutic dose density). Dose-densechemotherapy is a chemotherapy treatment plan in which drugs are givenwith less time between treatments than in a standard chemotherapytreatment plan. Chemotherapy dose intensity represents unit dose ofchemotherapy administered per unit time. Dose intensity can be increasedor decreased through altering dose administered, time interval ofadministration, or both.

In one embodiment of the invention, the compounds described herein canbe administered in a concerted regimen with another agent such as anon-DNA-damaging, targeted anti-neoplastic agent or a hematopoieticgrowth factor agent. It has been recently reported that the untimelyadministration of hematopoietic growth factors can have serious sideeffects. For example, the use of the EPO family of growth factors hasbeen associated with arterial hypertension, cerebral convulsions,hypertensive encephalopathy, thromboembolism, iron deficiency, influenzalike syndromes and venous thrombosis. The G-CSF family of growth factorshas been associated with spleen enlargement and rupture, respiratorydistress syndrome, allergic reactions and sickle cell complications. Bycombining the administration of the short-lived selective compoundsdescribed herein and methods of the present invention with the timelyadministration of hematopoietic growth factors, for example, at the timepoint wherein the affected cells are no longer under growth arrest, itis possible for the health care practitioner to decrease the amount ofthe growth factor to minimize the unwanted adverse effects whileachieving the desired therapeutic benefit. In one embodiment, the growthfactor is administered upon cessation of the effect of the compound onthe CDK4/6 replication dependent healthy cells, for example HSPCs. Thus,in this embodiment, the use of a selective compound described herein inan anti-neoplastic therapeutic regime may allow the subject to receive areduced amount of growth factor because the targeted hematopoietic cellswill have reentered the cell cycle quicker than treatment with otherCDK4/6 inhibitors, for example PD0332991. In addition, rapid cell-cyclereentry following G1 arrest using a compound described herein providesfor the ability to time the administration of hematopoietic growthfactors to assist in the reconstitution of hematopoietic cell lines tomaximize the growth factor effect, that is, when the growth factors willbe most effective. As such, in one embodiment, the use of the compoundsor methods described herein is combined with the use of hematopoieticgrowth factors including, but not limited to, granulocyte colonystimulating factor (G-CSF, for example, sold as Neupogen (filgrastin),Neulasta (peg-filgrastin), or lenograstin), granulocyte-macrophagecolony stimulating factor (GM-CSF, for example sold as molgramostim andsargramostim (Leukine)), M-CSF (macrophage colony stimulating factor),thrombopoietin (megakaryocyte growth development factor (MGDF), forexample sold as Romiplostim and Eltrombopag) interleukin (IL)-12,interleukin-3, interleukin-11 (adipogenesis inhibiting factor oroprelvekin), SCF (stem cell factor, steel factor, kit-ligand, or KL) anderythropoietin (EPO), and their derivatives (sold as for exampleepoetin-α as Darbopoetin, Epocept, Nanokine, Epofit, Epogin, Eprex andProcrit; epoetin-β sold as for example NeoRecormon, Recormon andMicera), epoetin-delta (sold as for example Dynepo), epoetin-omega (soldas for example Epomax), epoetin zeta (sold as for example Silapo andReacrit) as well as for example Epocept, EPOTrust, Erypro Safe,Repoeitin, Vintor, Epofit, Erykine, Wepox, Espogen, Relipoeitin,Shanpoietin, Zyrop and EPIAO). In one embodiment, the tricyclic lactamis administered prior to administration of the hematopoietic growthfactor. In one embodiment, the hematopoietic growth factoradministration is timed so that the compound's effect on HSPCs hasdissipated. In one embodiment, the growth factor is administered atleast 20 hours after the administration of a compound described herein.

If desired, multiple doses of a compound described herein can beadministered to the subject. Alternatively, the subject can be given asingle dose of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, theCDK4/6-replication dependent healthy cells can be arrested for longerperiods, for example, over a period of hours, days, weeks and/or months,through multiple, limited-time separated administrations of a compounddescribed herein.

The reduction in side effects by the compounds described herein canallow for dose intensification (e.g., more therapy can be given in afixed period of time), which will translate to better efficacy.Therefore, the presently disclosed methods can result in regimens thatare less toxic and more effective. When appropriate, the small moleculescan be formulated for oral, topical, intranasal, inhalation, intravenousor any other desired form of administration.

The use of a compound as described herein can induce selective G1 arrestin CDK4/6-dependent cells (e.g., as measured in a cell-based in vitroassay). In one embodiment, the tricyclic lactam is capable of increasingthe percentage of CDK4/6-dependent cells in the G1 phase, whiledecreasing the percentage of CDK4/6-dependent cells in the G2/M phaseand S phase. In one embodiment, the compound induces substantially pure(i.e., “clean”) G1 cell cycle arrest in the CDK4/6-dependent cells,e.g., wherein treatment with the compound induces cell cycle arrest suchthat the majority of cells are arrested in G1 as defined by standardmethods (e.g. propidium iodide (PI) staining or others) with thepopulation of cells in the G2/M and S phases combined being less thanabout 30%, about 25%, about 20%, about 15%, about 10%, about 5%, about3% or less of the total cell population. Methods of assessing the cellphase of a population of cells are known in the art (see, for example,in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0224522) and includecytometric analysis, microscopic analysis, gradient centrifugation,elutriation, fluorescence techniques including immunofluorescence, andcombinations thereof. Cytometric techniques include exposing the cell toa labeling agent or stain, such as DNA-binding dyes, e.g., PI, andanalyzing cellular DNA content by flow cytometry. Immunofluorescencetechniques include detection of specific cell cycle indicators such as,for example, thymidine analogs (e.g., 5-bromo-2-deoxyuridine (BrdU) oran iododeoxyuridine), with fluorescent antibodies.

In some embodiments, the use of a tricyclic lactam compound describedherein results in reduced or substantially free of off-target effects,for example, related to inhibition of kinases other than CDK4 and orCDK6 such as CDK2. Furthermore, in certain embodiments, the use of thecompounds described herein should not induce cell cycle arrest inCDK4/6-independent cells.

In one aspect of the invention, a compound disclosed herein can bebeneficially administered in combination with any therapeutic regimenentailing radiotherapy, chemotherapy, or other therapeutic agents. Inone embodiment, a tricyclic lactam compound described herein isadministered to a subject with an Rb-positive cancer prior to ionizingradiation (IR) treatment, wherein the CDK4/6 inhibitory effect allowsthe cancer cells to be arrested in G0/G1 replication, and as the CDK4/6inhibitory effect from the tricyclic lactam wears off prior to IRexposure, released to proliferate in a synchronized way, thus increasingthe effectiveness of the IR treatment. In additional embodiments thecompounds disclosed herein can be beneficially administered incombination with therapeutic agents targeting auto-immune disorders.

Drug Conjugates

In one embodiment, the activity of an active compound for a purposedescribed herein can be augmented through conjugation to an agent thattargets the diseased or abnormally proliferating cell or otherwiseenhances activity, delivery, pharmacokinetics or other beneficialproperty.

For example, the compound can be administered as an antibody-drugconjugates (ADC). In certain embodiments, a selected compound describedherein can be administered in conjugation or combination with anantibody or antibody fragment. Fragments of an antibody can be producedthrough chemical or genetic mechanisms. The antibody fragment can be anantigen binding fragment. For example, the antigen binding fragment canbe selected from an Fab, Fab′, (Fab′)2, or Fv. The antibody fragment canbe a Fab. Monovalent F(ab) fragments have one antigen binding site. Theantibody can be a divalent (Fab′)2 fragment, which has two antigenbinding regions that are linked by disulfide bonds. In one embodiment,the antigen fragment is a (Fab′). Reduction of F(ab′)2 fragmentsproduces two monovalent Fab′ fragments, which have a free sulfhydrylgroup that is useful for conjugation to other molecules.

A selected compound described herein can be administered in conjugationor combination with a Fv fragment. Fv fragments are the smallestfragment made from enzymatic cleavage of IgG and IgM class antibodies.Fv fragments have the antigen-binding site made of the VH and VCregions, but they lack the CH1 and CL regions. The VH and VL chains areheld together in Fv fragments by non-covalent interactions.

In one embodiment, a selected compound as described herein can beadministered in combination with an antibody fragment selected from thegroup consisting of an ScFv, domain antibody, diabody, triabody,tetrabody, Bis-scFv, minibody, Fab2, or Fab3 antibody fragment. In oneembodiment, the antibody fragment is a ScFv. Genetic engineering methodsallow the production of single chain variable fragments (ScFv), whichare Fv type fragments that include the VH and VL domains linked with aflexible peptide When the linker is at least 12 residues long, the ScFvfragments are primarily monomeric. Manipulation of the orientation ofthe V-domains and the linker length creates different forms of Fvmolecules. Linkers that are 3-11 residues long yield scFv molecules thatare unable to fold into a functional Fv domain. These molecules canassociate with a second scFv molecule, to create a bivalent diabody. Inone embodiment, the antibody fragment administered in combination with aselected compound described herein is a bivalent diabody. If the linkerlength is less than three residues, scFv molecules associate intotriabodies or tetrabodies. In one embodiment, the antibody fragment is atriabody. In one embodiment, the antibody fragment is a tetrabody.Multivalent scFvs possess greater functional binding affinity to theirtarget antigens than their monovalent counterparts by having binding totwo more target antigens, which reduces the off-rate of the antibodyfragment. In one embodiment, the antibody fragment is a minibody.Minibodies are scFv-CH3 fusion proteins that assemble into bivalentdimers. In one embodiment, the antibody fragment is a Bis-scFv fragment.Bis-scFv fragments are bispecific. Miniaturized ScFv fragments can begenerated that have two different variable domains, allowing theseBis-scFv molecules to concurrently bind to two different epitopes.

In one embodiment, a selected compound described herein is administeredin conjugation or combination with a bispecific dimer (Fab2) ortrispecific dimer (Fab3). Genetic methods are also used to createbispecific Fab dimers (Fab2) and trispecific Fab trimers (Fab3). Theseantibody fragments are able to bind 2 (Fab2) or 3 (Fab3) differentantigens at once.

In one embodiment, a selected compound described herein is administeredin conjugation or combination with an rIgG antibody fragment. rIgGantibody fragments refers to reduced IgG (75,000 daltons) or half-IgG.It is the product of selectively reducing just the hinge-regiondisulfide bonds. Although several disulfide bonds occur in IgG, those inthe hinge-region are most accessible and easiest to reduce, especiallywith mild reducing agents like 2-mercaptoethylamine (2-MEA). Half-IgGare frequently prepared for the purpose of targeting the exposinghinge-region sulfhydryl groups that can be targeted for conjugation,either antibody immobilization or enzyme labeling.

In other embodiments, a selected active compound described herein can belinked to a radioisotope to increase efficacy, using methods well knownin the art. Any radioisotope that is useful against Rb-positive cancercells can be incorporated into the conjugate, for example, but notlimited to, ¹³¹I, ¹²³I, ¹⁹²Ir, ³²P, ⁹⁰Sr, ¹⁹⁸Au, ²²⁶Ra, ⁹⁰Y, ²⁴¹Am,²⁵²Cf, ⁶⁰Co, or ¹³⁷Cs.

Of note, the linker chemistry can be important to efficacy andtolerability of the drug conjugates. The thio-ether linked T-DM1increases the serum stability relative to a disulfide linker version andappears to undergo endosomal degradation, resulting in intra-cellularrelease of the cytotoxic agent, thereby improving efficacy andtolerability, See, Barginear, M. F. and Budman, D. R., Trastuzumab-DM1:A review of the novel immune-conjugate for HER2-overexpressing breastcancer, The Open Breast Cancer Journal, 1:25-30, 2009.

Examples of early and recent antibody-drug conjugates, discussing drugs,linker chemistries and classes of targets for product development thatmay be used in the present invention can be found in the reviews byCasi, G. and Neri, D., Antibody-drug conjugates: basic concepts,examples and future perspectives, J. Control Release 161(2):422-428,2012, Chari, R. V., Targeted cancer therapy: conferring specificity tocytotoxic drugs, Acc. Chem. Rev., 41(1):98-107, 2008, Sapra, P. andShor, B., Monoclonal antibody-based therapies in cancer: advances andchallenges, Pharmacol. Ther., 138(3):452-69, 2013, Schliemann, C. andNeri, D., Antibody-based targeting of the tumor vasculature, Biochim.Biophys. Acta., 1776(2):175-92, 2007, Sun, Y., Yu, F., and Sun, B. W.,Antibody-drug conjugates as targeted cancer therapeutics, Yao Xue XueBao, 44(9):943-52, 2009, Teicher, B. A., and Chari, R. V., Antibodyconjugate therapeutics: challenges and potential, Clin. Cancer Res.,17(20):6389-97, 2011, Firer, M. A., and Gellerman, G. J., Targeted drugdelivery for cancer therapy: the other side of antibodies, J. Hematol.Oncol., 5:70, 2012, Vlachakis, D. and Kossida, S., Antibody DrugConjugate bioinformatics: drug delivery through the letterbox, Comput.Math. Methods Med., 2013; 2013:282398, Epub 2013 Jun. 19, Lambert, J.M., Drug-conjugated antibodies for the treatment of cancer, Br. J. Clin.Pharmacol., 76(2):248-62, 2013, Concalves, A., Tredan, O., Villanueva,C. and Dumontet, C., Antibody-drug conjugates in oncology: from theconcept to trastuzumab emtansine (T-DM1), Bull. Cancer,99(12):1183-1191, 2012, Newland, A. M., Brentuximab vedotin: aCD-30-directed antibody-cytotoxic drug conjugate, Pharmacotherapy,33(1):93-104, 2013, Lopus, M., Antibody-DM1 conjugates as cancertherapeutics, Cancer Lett., 307(2):113-118, 2011, Chu, Y. W. and Poison,A., Antibody-drug conjugates for the treatment of B-cell non-Hodgkin'slymphoma and leukemia, Future Oncol., 9(3):355-368, 2013, Bertholjotti,I., Antibody-drug conjugate—a new age for personalized cancer treatment,Chimia, 65(9): 746-748, 2011, Vincent, K. J., and Zurini, M., Currentstrategies in antibody engineering: Fc engineering and pH—dependentantigen binding, bispecific antibodies and antibody drug conjugates,Biotechnol. J., 7(12):1444-1450, 2012, Haeuw, J. F., Caussanel, V., andBeck, A., Immunoconjugates, drug-armed antibodies to fight againstcancer, Med. Sci., 25(12):1046-1052, 2009 and Govindan, S. V., andGoldenberg, D. M., Designing immunoconjugates for cancer therapy, ExpertOpin. Biol. Ther., 12(7):873-890, 2012.

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Dosage Forms

An active compound described herein, or its salt, isotopic analog, orprodrug can be administered in an effective amount to the host using anysuitable approach which achieves the desired therapeutic result. Theamount and timing of active compound administered will, of course, bedependent on the host being treated, the instructions of the supervisingmedical specialist, on the time course of the exposure, on the manner ofadministration, on the pharmacokinetic properties of the particularactive compound, and on the judgment of the prescribing physician. Thus,because of host to host variability, the dosages given below are aguideline and the physician can titrate doses of the compound to achievethe treatment that the physician considers appropriate for the host. Inconsidering the degree of treatment desired, the physician can balance avariety of factors such as age and weight of the host, presence ofpreexisting disease, as well as presence of other diseases.Pharmaceutical formulations can be prepared for any desired route ofadministration including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, oraerosol administration, as discussed in greater detail below.

The therapeutically effective dosage of any active compound describedherein will be determined by the health care practitioner depending onthe condition, size and age of the patient as well as the route ofdelivery. In one non-limited embodiment, a dosage from about 0.1 toabout 200 mg/kg has therapeutic efficacy, with all weights beingcalculated based upon the weight of the active compound, including thecases where a salt is employed. In some embodiments, the dosage can bethe amount of compound needed to provide a serum concentration of theactive compound of up to between about 1 and 5, 10, 20, 30, or 40 μM. Insome embodiments, a dosage from about 10 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg can beemployed for oral administration. Typically, a dosage from about 0.5mg/kg to 5 mg/kg can be employed for intramuscular injection. In someembodiments, dosages can be from about 1 μmol/kg to about 50 μmol/kg,or, optionally, between about 22 μmol/kg and about 33 μmol/kg of thecompound for intravenous or oral administration. An oral dosage form caninclude any appropriate amount of active material, including for examplefrom 5 mg to, 50, 100, 200, or 500 mg per tablet or other solid dosageform.

In accordance with the presently disclosed methods, pharmaceuticallyactive compounds as described herein can be administered orally as asolid or as a liquid, or can be administered intramuscularly,intravenously, or by inhalation as a solution, suspension, or emulsion.In some embodiments, the compounds or salts also can be administered byinhalation, intravenously, or intramuscularly as a liposomal suspension.When administered through inhalation the active compound or salt can bein the form of a plurality of solid particles or droplets having anydesired particle size, and for example, from about 0.01, 0.1 or 0.5 toabout 5, 10, 20 or more microns, and optionally from about 1 to about 2microns. Compounds as disclosed in the present invention havedemonstrated good pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics properties, forinstance when administered by the oral or intravenous routes.

The pharmaceutical formulations can comprise an active compounddescribed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in anypharmaceutically acceptable carrier. If a solution is desired, water maybe the carrier of choice for water-soluble compounds or salts. Withrespect to the water-soluble compounds or salts, an organic vehicle,such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, or mixturesthereof, can be suitable. In the latter instance, the organic vehiclecan contain a substantial amount of water. The solution in eitherinstance can then be sterilized in a suitable manner known to those inthe art, and for illustration by filtration through a 0.22-micronfilter. Subsequent to sterilization, the solution can be dispensed intoappropriate receptacles, such as depyrogenated glass vials. Thedispensing is optionally done by an aseptic method. Sterilized closurescan then be placed on the vials and, if desired, the vial contents canbe lyophilized.

In addition to the active compounds or their salts, the pharmaceuticalformulations can contain other additives, such as pH-adjustingadditives. In particular, useful pH-adjusting agents include acids, suchas hydrochloric acid, bases or buffers, such as sodium lactate, sodiumacetate, sodium phosphate, sodium citrate, sodium borate, or sodiumgluconate. Further, the formulations can contain antimicrobialpreservatives. Useful antimicrobial preservatives include methylparaben,propylparaben, and benzyl alcohol. An antimicrobial preservative istypically employed when the formulations is placed in a vial designedfor multi-dose use. The pharmaceutical formulations described herein canbe lyophilized using techniques well known in the art.

For oral administration a pharmaceutical composition can take the formof solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, and thelike. Tablets containing various excipients such as sodium citrate,calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate may be employed along withvarious disintegrants such as starch (e.g., potato or tapioca starch)and certain complex silicates, together with binding agents such aspolyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally,lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate,and talc are often very useful for tableting purposes. Solidcompositions of a similar type may be employed as fillers in soft andhard-filled gelatin capsules. Materials in this connection also includelactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethyleneglycols. When aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs are desired for oraladministration, the compounds of the presently disclosed host matter canbe combined with various sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloringagents, emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents, as well as suchdiluents as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin and various likecombinations thereof.

In yet another embodiment of the host matter described herein, there areprovided injectable, stable, sterile formulations comprising an activecompound as described herein, or a salt thereof, in a unit dosage formin a sealed container. The compound or salt is provided in the form of alyophilizate, which is capable of being reconstituted with a suitablepharmaceutically acceptable carrier to form liquid formulation suitablefor injection thereof into a host. When the compound or salt issubstantially water-insoluble, a sufficient amount of emulsifying agent,which is physiologically acceptable, can be employed in sufficientquantity to emulsify the compound or salt in an aqueous carrier.Particularly useful emulsifying agents include phosphatidyl cholines andlecithin.

Additional embodiments provided herein include liposomal formulations ofthe active compounds disclosed herein. The technology for formingliposomal suspensions is well known in the art. When the compound is anaqueous-soluble salt, using conventional liposome technology, the samecan be incorporated into lipid vesicles. In such an instance, due to thewater solubility of the active compound, the active compound can besubstantially entrained within the hydrophilic center or core of theliposomes. The lipid layer employed can be of any conventionalcomposition and can either contain cholesterol or can becholesterol-free. When the active compound of interest iswater-insoluble, again employing conventional liposome formationtechnology, the salt can be substantially entrained within thehydrophobic lipid bilayer that forms the structure of the liposome. Ineither instance, the liposomes that are produced can be reduced in size,as through the use of standard sonication and homogenization techniques.The liposomal formulations comprising the active compounds disclosedherein can be lyophilized to produce a lyophilizate, which can bereconstituted with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as water,to regenerate a liposomal suspension.

Pharmaceutical formulations also are provided which are suitable foradministration as an aerosol by inhalation. These formulations comprisea solution or suspension of a desired compound described herein or asalt thereof, or a plurality of solid particles of the compound or salt.The desired formulations can be placed in a small chamber and nebulized.Nebulization can be accomplished by compressed air or by ultrasonicenergy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particlescomprising the compounds or salts. The liquid droplets or solidparticles may for example have a particle size in the range of about 0.5to about 10 microns, and optionally from about 0.5 to about 5 microns.In one embodiment, the solid particles provide for controlled releasethrough the use of a degradable polymer. The solid particles can beobtained by processing the solid compound or a salt thereof, in anyappropriate manner known in the art, such as by micronization.Optionally, the size of the solid particles or droplets can be fromabout 1 to about 2 microns. In this respect, commercial nebulizers areavailable to achieve this purpose. The compounds can be administered viaan aerosol suspension of respirable particles in a manner set forth inU.S. Pat. No. 5,628,984, the disclosure of which is incorporated hereinby reference in its entirety.

Pharmaceutical formulations also are provided which provide a controlledrelease of a compound described herein, including through the use of adegradable polymer, as known in the art.

When the pharmaceutical formulations suitable for administration as anaerosol is in the form of a liquid, the formulations can comprise awater-soluble active compound in a carrier that comprises water. Asurfactant can be present, which lowers the surface tension of theformulations sufficiently to result in the formation of droplets withinthe desired size range when hosted to nebulization.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” as used herein refers tothose salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment,suitable for use in contact with hosts (e.g., human hosts) without unduetoxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate witha reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use,as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds ofthe presently disclosed host matter.

Thus, the term “salts” refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic andorganic acid addition salts of the presently disclosed compounds. Thesesalts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of thecompounds or by separately reacting the purified compound in its freebase form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid and isolating thesalt thus formed. Basic compounds are capable of forming a wide varietyof different salts with various inorganic and organic acids. Acidaddition salts of the basic compounds are prepared by contacting thefree base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to producethe salt in the conventional manner. The free base form can beregenerated by contacting the salt form with a base and isolating thefree base in the conventional manner. The free base forms may differfrom their respective salt forms in certain physical properties such assolubility in polar solvents. Pharmaceutically acceptable base additionsalts may be formed with metals or amines, such as alkali and alkalineearth metal hydroxides, or of organic amines. Examples of metals used ascations, include, but are not limited to, sodium, potassium, magnesium,calcium, and the like. Examples of suitable amines include, but are notlimited to, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline,diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-methylglucamine, and procaine. Thebase addition salts of acidic compounds are prepared by contacting thefree acid form with a sufficient amount of the desired base to producethe salt in the conventional manner. The free acid form can beregenerated by contacting the salt form with an acid and isolating thefree acid in a conventional manner. The free acid forms may differ fromtheir respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties suchas solubility in polar solvents.

Salts can be prepared from inorganic acids sulfate, pyrosulfate,bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, nitrate, phosphate,monohydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, metaphosphate,pyrophosphate, chloride, bromide, iodide such as hydrochloric, nitric,phosphoric, sulfuric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, phosphorus, and the like.Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate,bisulfate, nitrate, acetate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate,stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate,citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate mesylate,glucoheptonate, lactobionate, laurylsulphonate and isethionate salts,and the like. Salts can also be prepared from organic acids, such asaliphatic mono- and dicarboxylic acids, phenyl-substituted alkanoicacids, hydroxy alkanoic acids, alkanedioic acids, aromatic acids,aliphatic and aromatic sulfonic acids, etc. and the like. Representativesalts include acetate, propionate, caprylate, isobutyrate, oxalate,malonate, succinate, suberate, sebacate, fumarate, maleate, mandelate,benzoate, chlorobenzoate, methylbenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, phthalate,benzenesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, phenylacetate, citrate, lactate,maleate, tartrate, methanesulfonate, and the like. Pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts can include cations based on the alkali and alkalineearth metals, such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium andthe like, as well as non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and aminecations including, but not limited to, ammonium, tetramethylammonium,tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine,triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like. Also contemplated are the saltsof amino acids such as arginate, gluconate, galacturonate, and the like.See, for example, Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19, which isincorporated herein by reference.

Preparation of Active Compounds Syntheses

The disclosed compounds can be made by the following general schemes.

A method for the preparation of substituted tricyclic lactams isprovided that includes efficient methods for the preparation of atricyclic lactam ring system and subsequent displacement of an arylsulfone with an amine.

In Scheme 1, diethyl succinate is employed to prepare the pyrimidineester, 2, according to the method of A. Haidle, See, WO 2009/152027entitled “5,7-dihydro-6H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-one derivatives forMARK inhibition.” The ester intermediate 2 can be reduced by directlyreacting the ester with a reducing agent such as lithium borohydride ina protic organic solvent such as ethanol to produce the correspondingprimary alcohol. The primary alcohol can be reacted with a reagent suchas phosphorus tribromide in an organic solvent such as dimethylforamideto produce the primary bromide 3. The primary bromide 3 can be condensedwith the lactam 4 optionally at low temperature using a base such aslithium diisopropylamide in an organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuranto produce the lactam 5. Lactam 5 can be deprotected by directlyreacting Compound 5 with an aqueous acid such as HCl=pH 1 solution.Lactam 6 can be directly reacted with an organic base such as1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a protic solvent such as ethanoloptionally at high temperature to cyclize Compound 5 to form thetricyclic lactam 7. The thiol moiety can be subsequently oxidized to thesulfone 8 by directly reacting Compound 7 with an oxidizing reagent suchas meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid. The sulfone, 8, can be directlyreacted with an amine, 9, in the presence of a strong base such aslithium hexamethyldisilazane to form the tricyclic lactam 10.

In Scheme 2, the tricyclic lactam 7 is directly reacted with anoxidizing reagent such as 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone(DDQ) to form the alkene 11. Alkene 11 can be directly reacted with anoxidizing reagent such as meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to form thesulfone intermediate 12. The sulfone, 12, can be condensed with anamine, 13, in the presence of a strong base such as lithiumhexamethyldisilazane to form the tricyclic lactam 14.

Scheme 3 illustrates the synthesis of a di-protected lactam useful inthe preparation of tricyclic lactams. Compound 15 is prepared accordingto the method of Arigon, J., See, US 2013/0289031 entitled “Pyrimidinonederivatives, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical use thereof”Compound 15 is protected with a suitable protecting group by directlyreacting Compound 15 with di-tert-butyl carbonate (Boc anhydride) in thepresence of an organic base such as triethylamine ordiisopropylethylamine in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane toform the protected amine 16. The protected amine 16 can be directlyreacted with methyl chloroacetate in the presence of a base such aspotassium carbonate in an organic solvent such as acetonitrile to formthe ester 17. The ester 17 can be cyclized by directly reacting theester with an acid such as hydrochloric acid in a protic solvent such asmethanol optionally at a high temperature to form the spirolactam 18.The lactam 18 can be directly reacted with a protecting reagent such aschloromethyl methyl ether (MOM-Cl) in the presence of an organic basesuch as diisopropylethylamine in an organic solvent such asdichloromethane optionally at a low or at ambient temperature to formthe MOM-protected amine 19. The lactam 19 can be protected by directlyreacting the lactam with a suitable protecting reagent such aschloromethyl methyl ether (MOM-Cl) in the presence of a base such assodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in an organic solvent such astetrahydrofuran optionally at a low temperature. Additional lactamintermediates such as Compounds 25 and 31 can be synthesized usinganalogous chemistry as described for the synthesis of Compound 4. Thechemistry for the production of Compounds 25 and 31 is illustrated inSchemes 5 and 6.

Scheme 4 illustrates the coupling of a tricyclic lactam sulfone with anamine to generate compounds of Formula I, II, III, and IV.

Scheme 7 illustrates the preparation of the tricyclic lactam compound33. Compound 32 is prepared according to the method of Tavares, See,U.S. Pat. No. 8,598,186. Compound 32 is directly reacted with sulfone 8optionally in the presence of an organic base such as lithiumhexamethyldisilazane to form the amine 33. The same chemistry can beemployed to produce the alkene compound 34.

In one embodiment a lactam intermediate is treated with BOC-anhydride inthe presence of an organic base such as triethylamine in an organicsolvent such as dichloromethane. The Boc protected lactam is treatedwith carbon dioxide in the presence of a nickel catalyst to generate acarboxylic acid. The carboxylic acid is reacted with thionyl chloride inthe presence of an organic solvent such as toluene. The resulting acidchloride is treated with an amine to generate an amide that can bedeprotected with a strong acid such as trifluoroacetic acid to generatethe final target compound.

Alternatively, the lactam can be generated by reacting the carboxylicacid with a protected amine in the presence of a strong acid and adehydrating agent, which can be together in one moiety as a strong acidanhydride. Examples of strong acid anhydrides include, but are notlimited to, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, tribromoacetic acidanhydride, trichloroacetic acid anhydride, or mixed anhydrides. Thedehydrating agent can be a carbodiimide based compound such as but notlimited to DCC (N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), EDC(1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or DIC(N,N-diisopropylcarbodiimide). An additional step may be necessary totake off the N-protecting group and the methodologies are known to thoseskilled in the art

Alternatively, the SMe moiety bonded to the pyrimidine ring can besubstituted with any leaving group that can be displaced by a primaryamine, for example to create an intermediate for a final product such asBr, I, F, SO₂Me, SOalkyl, SO₂alkyl. See, for Example, PCT/US2013/037878to Tavares.

Other amine intermediates and final amine compounds can be synthesizedby those skilled in the art. It will be appreciated that the chemistrycan employ reagents that comprise reactive functionalities that can beprotected and de-protected and will be known to those skilled in the artat the time of the invention. See for example, Greene, T. W. and Wuts,P. G. M., Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4^(th)edition, John Wiley and Sons.

[4-Chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]methanol

4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-5-pyrimidinecarboxylate ethyl ester (62 g, 260mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) in a 3-necked5 L round bottomed flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer, additionfunnel, temperature probe and nitrogen inlet. The solution was cooled to0° C. Diisobutylaluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran (1M solution, 800mL) was added dropwise over a period of 2 hours. After the addition wascomplete, the reaction mixture was kept at 0° C. for 0.5 hours. Thereaction was quenched at 0° C. by the slow addition of saturated aqueoussodium sulfate (265.3 mL, 530.7 mmol) keeping the internal reactiontemperature below 10° C. Ethyl acetate (900 mL) was added and thereaction slowly warmed to room temperature overnight. 6M HCl was addedtill the reaction mixture was slightly acidic (pH 6). The reactionmixture was filtered thru a pad of Celite® and the aluminum salts werewashed with ethyl acetate (1 L). The filtrate was poured into aseparatory funnel and washed twice with water (600 mL) and finally withbrine (600 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered thru Celite® and the solvent concentrated in vacuo to afford39.2 g (77% crude yield) of a dark yellow oil. The material was used asis for the next step. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 2.59 (s,3H); MS (ESI+) for C₆H₇ClN₂OS m/z 191.0 (M+H)⁺.

4-Chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde

[4-Chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]methanol (39.2 g, 206 mmol) wastaken up in methylene chloride (520 mL) at room temperature.Manganese(IV) oxide (140 g, 1.60 mol) was added in one portion and thereaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The reactionmixture was filtered through a pad of Celite® and washed with methylenechloride. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afforda dark yellow semisolid. The crude product was purified by reverse phasechromatography running a gradient of 1:9 acetonitrile:water (0.1% TFA)to 100% acetonitrile (0.1% TFA). The desired fractions were combined andthe acetonitrile was removed under reduced pressure causingprecipitation of the desired product. The solids were removed byfiltration and the solids washed with water and dried under vacuum at50° C. Affords 16.6 g (43% yield) of the desired product as a whitesolid. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 10.32 (s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H); MS(ESI+) for C₆H₅ClN₂OS m/z 189.0 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure A.

Ethyl 4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-hydroxybut-2-ynoate

Isopropylmagnesium chloride:lithium chloride complex (4.43 g, 30.5 mmol,25.4 mL of a 1.2M solution) was added to tetrahydrofuran (104 mL) in a500 mL round bottomed flask which had been flame dried and cooled underArgon. The solution was cooled to −15° C. Ethyl propiolate (3.26 mL,32.1 mmol) was added dropwise affording a yellow solution. Stirring wascontinued at −15° C. for 30 minutes and then4-Chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (6.06 g, 32.1 mmol) intetrahydrofuran (52 mL) was added rapidly. After 10 minutes, thereaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammoniumchloride (40 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperatureand poured into a separatory funnel partitioning between ethyl acetate(200 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer removed and the aqueouslayer extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layerswere washed with brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered andthe solvent removed in vacuo to afford a dark red oil. The product waspurified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient of 1:4 to 2:3ethyl acetate:hexanes which afforded 3.76 g (37% yield) of the desiredproduct as a light red oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.75 (s, 1H), 5.81 (d, 1H,J=6.0 Hz), 2.72 (bs, 1H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz); MS(ESI+) for C₁₁H₁₁ClN₂O₃S m/z 287.9 (M+H)⁺.

tert-Butyl4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-hydroxybut-2-ynoate

Following General Procedure A and using tert-butyl propiolate affordsthe desired product in 74% yield as a viscous yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ8.75 (s, 1H), 5.79 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 4.27 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.97 (d,1H, J=5.4 Hz), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₃H₁₅ClN₂O₃Sm/z 314.9 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure B.

Ethyl 4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate

Ethyl 4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-hydroxybut-2-ynoate(3.40 g, 11.8 mmol) was taken up in 1,4-Dioxane (100 mL) at roomtemperature under argon. Triethylamine (3.3 mL, 24 mmol) was added andthe mixture heated to 60° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled toroom temperature and the solvent removed in vacuo. The resultant darkorange oil was re-evaporated twice with toluene. Affords the desiredproduct (3:1 E:Z double bond isomers) in 99% yield as a dark orange oil.NMR (CDCl₃) (major E isomer) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H, J=18.0 Hz),6.81 (d, 1H, J=18.0 Hz), 4.32 (q, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 2.64 (s, 3H), 1.36 (t,3H, J=6.0 Hz); NMR (CDCl₃) (minor Z isomer) δ 8.87 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, 1H,J=12.0 Hz), 6.23 (d, 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 4.14 (q, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 2.63 (s,3H), 1.23 (t, 3H, J=6.0 Hz); MS (ESI+) for C₁₁H₁₁ClN₂O₃S m/z 287.0(M+H)⁺.

tert-Butyl 4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate

Isomerization of tert-butyl4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-hydroxybut-2-ynoate usingGeneral Procedure B affords the desired product (5:1 E:Z double bondisomers) in a 99% yield as a viscous dark yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) (majorE isomer) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 6.72 (d, 1H, J=15.6Hz), 2.64 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 9H); NMR (CDCl₃) (minor Z isomer) δ 8.86 (s,1H), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 6.18 (d, 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 2.63 (s, 3H),1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₃H₁₅ClN₂O₃S m/z 314.9 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure C.

Ethyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate

Ethyl 4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate (3.40g, 11.8 mmol) was taken up in acetonitrile (20 mL) at room temperature.1-{[(Triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentanamine (3.86 g, 14.2 mmol)was added followed by triethylamine (3.30 mL, 23.7 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture wastransferred to a separatory funnel transferring with ethyl acetate (250mL). The organic layer was washed twice with a 10% citric acid (aq) (20mL)/brine (60 mL) mixture. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to afford a yellowoil. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography using agradient from 1:9 to 2:3 ethyl acetate:hexanes which afforded 2.48 g(41% yield) of the desired product as a pale yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ8.58 (s, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.16 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.52(m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.31 (m, 3H), 1.81-1.52 (m, 5H),1.24 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz) 1.08-0.96 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₆H₄₃N₃O₄SSim/z 522.2 (M+H)⁺.

Ethyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate

Cyclization of ethyl4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate and1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexanamine using GeneralProcedure C afforded the desired product in 17% yield as a pale yellowoil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.14 (q,2H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.86 (m, 1H), 2.97 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.97 (m, 1H),1.72-1.48 (m, 9H), 1.23 (t, 3H, J=6.0 Hz), 1.13-0.95 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+)for C₂₇H₄₅N₃O₄SSi m/z 536.2 (M+H)⁺.

Ethyl8-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate

Cyclization of ethyl4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate and1-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-methylpropan-2-amine using GeneralProcedure C afforded the desired product in 52% yield as a pale yellowoil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.62 (s, 1H), 4.94 (m, 1H), 4.18 (m, 3H), 3.63 (m,1H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.71 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H), 1.23 (t,3H, J=7.2 Hz), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.06 (s, 3H), 0.01 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) forC₂₁H₃₅N₃O₄SSi m/z 454.3 (M+H)⁺.

Ethyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-{2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethyl}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate

Cyclization of ethyl4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate and2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethanamine using General Procedure C affordedthe desired product in 45% yield as a pale yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ8.60 (s, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.19 (q, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.97(m, 2H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.28 (t, 3H, J=6.0Hz), 1.17-1.02 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₂H₃₇N₃O₄SSi m/z 468.1 (M+H)⁺.

tert-Butyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate

Cyclization of tert-Butyl4-[4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl]-4-oxobut-2-enoate and 0.5 Mammonia/dioxane using General Procedure C afforded the desired productin 60% yield as an off-white solid. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 6.18(bs, 1H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 9H);MS (ESI+) for C₁₃H₁₇N₃O₃S m/z 296.0 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure D.

2-(Methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid

Ethyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate(2.48 g, 4.75 mmol) was taken up in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) andacetonitrile (10 mL) at room temperature. 1M Sodium hydroxide (10 mL, 10mmol) was added at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction wasquenched by the addition of 10% citric acid till pH ca 6-7. The reactionmixture was transferred to a separatory funnel with water (30 mL) andethyl acetate (150 mL). The aqueous layer was removed and the organiclayer washed with brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered and the solvent concentrated in vacuo to afford the2.08 g (89% yield) of the desired product as a dark yellow oil. NMR(CDCl₃) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 2.88(m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.26 (m, 3H), 1.97-1.45 (m, 6H) 1.12-0.92 (m,21H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₄H₃₉N₃O₄SSi m/z 494.2 (M+H)⁺.

2-(Methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid

Saponification of ethyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylateusing General Procedure D affords the desired product in 95% yield as adark yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.53 (m, 1H),3.96 (m, 1H), 2.99 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.93-1.48 (m, 10H), 1.13-0.95(m, 21H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₅H₄₁N₃O₄SSi m/z 508.1 (M+H)⁺.

8-(2-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid

Saponification of ethyl8-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylateusing General Procedure D affords the desired product in 99% yield as apale yellow foam. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m,1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s,3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 0.11 (s, 6H); MS (ESI+) forC₁₉H₃₁N₃O₄SSi m/z 426.3 (M+H)⁺.

2-(Methylthio)-5-oxo-8-{2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethyl}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid

Saponification of ethyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-{2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethyl}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylateusing General Procedure D affords the desired product in 98% yield as anorange foam. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H),3.99 (m, 2H), 3.32 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.16-0.98 (m,21H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₀H₃₃N₃O₄SSi m/z 440.2 (M+H)⁺.

2-(Methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid

tert-Butyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate(220 mg, 0.74 mmol) was taken up in trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) at roomtemperature under argon. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for45 minutes. The solvent was removed in vacuo to a pink oil which wasre-evaporated first from toluene and finally methanol affording 180 mg(99% yield) of the desired product as an off-white solid. NMR (MeOH-d₄)δ 8.49 (s, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 3.16-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+)for C₉H₉N₃O₃S m/z 240.0 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure E.

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

2-(Methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid (2.08 g, 4.21 mmol) was taken up in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL)at room temperature. 1-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine (1.26 mL, 8.42mmol) was added followed by the addition ofN,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl-O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)uroniumhexafluorophosphate (4.80 g, 12.6 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine(4.40 mL, 25.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The product was diluted with water (50 mL) and poured intoa separatory funnel. The mixture was extracted with twice with ethylacetate (150 mL) and the combined organic layers were thrice washed withhalf-saturated aqueous LiCl (20 mL). The combined organic layers weredried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo toafford a dark yellow oil. The product was purified by silica gelchromatography using a gradient from 1:4 to 2:3 ethyl acetate:hexaneswhich afforded 2.39 g (88% yield) of the desired product as a brownsticky solid. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H),6.39 (m, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H),3.66 (s, 3H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 2H),2.06 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.31 (m, 5H), 1.09-0.90 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+) forC₃₃H₅₀N₄O₅SSi m/z 643.2 (M+H)⁺.

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Coupling reaction of2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid using General Procedure E afforded the desired product in 52% yieldas a yellow solid. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 6.87 (m, 2H), 6.37 (m,2H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.14 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.18(m, 1H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.98(m, 2H), 1.61-1.48 (m, 6H), 1.08-0.92 (bs, 21H); MS (ESI+) forC₃₄H₅₂N₄O₅SSi m/z 657.2 (M+H)⁺.

8-(2-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1,1-dimethylethyl)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Coupling reaction of8-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid using General Procedure E afforded the desired product in 86% yieldas a viscous yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.80(m, 1H), 6.37 (m, 2H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.84(m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.56(s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H), 0.85 (s, 9H), 0.02 (s, 3H), -0.03(s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₈H₄₂N₄O₅SSi m/z 575.4 (M+H)⁺.

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-{2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethyl}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Coupling reaction of2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-{2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethyl}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid using General Procedure E afforded the desired product in 57% yieldas a dark yellow solid. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.39(m, 3H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.73(s, 3H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.11-0.95 (m, 21H);MS (ESI+) for C₂₉H₄₄N₄O₅SSi m/z 589.4 (M+H)⁺.

2-(Methylthio)-5-oxo-N-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Coupling reaction of2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylicacid using General Procedure E afforded the desired product in 94% yieldas a dark yellow oil. NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 6.09 (bs, 1H), 6.04(bs, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H),2.07-1.54 (m, 8H), 1.33-0.96 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₄H₄₀N₄O₃SSi m/z493.1 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure F.

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-8-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide(2.39 g, 3.72 mmol) was taken up in tetrahydrofuran (42 mL) at roomtemperature. Tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (5.6 mL, 5.6 mmol, 1Msolution in THF) was added and the reaction stirred for 10 minutes atroom temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to anorange oil and was transferred to a separatory funnel and partitionedbetween ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer wasremoved and the organic layer washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and thesolvent removed in vacuo to afford a dark yellow semi-solid. The productwas purified by reverse phase chromatography using a gradient from 1:9to 3:2 acetonitrile:water (0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the desiredfractions afforded 1.81 g (99% yield) of the desired product as a darkyellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H),6.39 (m 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H),3.70 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H),2.18 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.59 (m, 7H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₄H₃₀N₄O₅S m/z 487.1(M+H)⁺.

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-8-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Desilylation ofN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure F afforded the desired product in 97% yield as ayellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H),6.48 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H),3.31 (m, 1H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.11 (m, 3H),1.94-1.58 (m, 7H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₅H₃₂N₄O₅S m/z 501.1 (M+H)⁺.

8-(2-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Desilylation of8-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1,1-dimethylethyl)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure F afforded the desired product in 98% yield as ayellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.61 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H),6.37 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H),3.76 (s, 3H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H),1.58 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₂H₂₈N₄O₅S m/z 461.4 (M+H)⁺.

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-8-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Desilylation ofN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-8-{2-[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethyl}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure F afforded the desired product in 97% yield as apale yellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.69 (m,1H), 6.43 (m, 2H), 4.34 (m, 3H), 3.88 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₀H₂₄N₄O₅S m/z 432.9(M+H)⁺.

N-[1-(Hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide

Desilylation of2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-N-(1-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure F afforded the desired product in 31% yield asan off white powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 6.19 (bs, 1H), 5.97(bs, 1H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H),1.95-1.65 (m, 9H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₅H₂₀N₄O₃S m/z 337.0 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure G.

8′-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2′-(methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclopentane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione

N-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-8-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamide(1.81 g, 3.72 mmol) was taken up in methylene chloride (30 mL) at roomtemperature. Triethylamine (1.3 mL, 9.3 mmol) was added followed by therapid addition of methanesulfonyl chloride (0.43 mL, 5.6 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes beforebeing heated at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuoaffording a brown semi-solid. The product was purified by reverse phasechromatography using a gradient from 1:9 to 3:2 acetonitrile:water (0.1%TFA). Lyophilization of the desired fractions gave 764 mg (44% yield) ofthe desired product as a light brown powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.49 (s, 1H),7.13 (m, 1H), 6.43 (m, 2H), 5.49 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s,3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.41 (m,1H), 1.99-1.52 (m, 7H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₄H₂₈N₄O₄S m/z 469.1 (M+H)⁺.

8′-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2′-(methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione

Mesylation and cyclization ofN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure G afforded the desired product in 73% yield as awhite powder. NMR (MeOH-d₄) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.43 (m, 1H),6.39 (m, 1H), 5.61 (m, 1H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H),3.80 (s, 3H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H),2.22 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.09 (m, 9H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₅H₃₀N₄O₄S m/z 483.1(M+H)⁺.

8-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-10,10-dimethyl-2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dione

Mesylation and cyclization of8-(2-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure G afforded the desired product in 82% yield as ayellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.40 (m, 2H),5.56 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H),3.79 (s, 3H), 3.28 (m, 1H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.80 (s, 3H),1.45 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₂H₂₆N₄O₄S m/z 443.5 (M+H)⁺.

8-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dione

Mesylation and cyclization ofN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxamideusing General Procedure G afforded the desired product in 81% yield as alight brown powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.44 (m,2H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.29 (m, 5H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.80(s, 3H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) forC₂₀H₂₂N₄O₄S m/z 415.0 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure H.

2′-(Methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclopentane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione

8′-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2′-(methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclopentane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione(764 mg, 1.63 mmol) was taken up in trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) at roomtemperature under argon. The mixture was heated to 75° C. for 6 hours,cooled to room temperature and left to stir overnight. The solvent wasremoved in vacuo to afford a purple oil. The product was purified byreverse phase chromatography using a gradient from 100% water (0.1% TFA)to 1:1 acetonitrile:water (0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the desiredfractions afforded 117 mg (23% yield) of the desired product as a paleyellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 5.58 (m, 2H), 4.34 (bs 2H),3.29 (m, 1H), 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, 1H),2.11-1.65 (m, 6H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₅H₁₈N₄O₂S m/z 319.0 (M+H)⁺.

2′-(Methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione

Removal of the dimethoxybenzyl group of8′-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-2′-(methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dioneusing General Procedure H afforded the desired product in 23% yield as awhite powder. NMR (MeOH-d₄) δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 2H),3.38 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.84 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.30 (m, 10H); MS (ESI+)for C₁₆H₂₀N₄O₂S m/z 333.1 (M+H)⁺.

10,10-Dimethyl-2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dione

Removal of the dimethoxybenzyl group of8-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-10,10-dimethyl-2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dioneusing General Procedure H afforded the desired product in 56% yield as awhite powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 5.65 (m, 1H), 5.51 (bs, 1H),4.31 (s, 2H), 3.23 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H),1.68 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₃H₁₆N₄O₂S m/z 293.2 (M+H)⁺.

2-(Methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dione

Removal of the dimethoxybenzyl group of8-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dioneusing General Procedure H afforded the desired product in 21% yield as abrown powder. NMR (MeOH-d₄) δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 4.78-4.05 (m, 5H), 3.32 (m,2H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.87 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₁H₁₂N₄O₂ m/z 265.0(M+H)⁺.

General Procedure I.

2′-{[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclopentane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione

2′-(Methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclopentane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione(117 mg, 0.367 mmol) was taken up in N,N-dimethylacetamide (4.0 mL, 43mmol) at room temperature under argon.5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-amine (100 mg, 0.55 mmol) was addedand the reaction mixture was heated just to 150° C. and then immediatelyremoved from the heat and cooled to room temperature. The product waspurified by reverse phase chromatography using a gradient from 100%Water (0.1% TFA) to 1:1 acetonitrile:water (0.1% TFA). Lyophilization ofthe desired fractions afforded 11 mg (7% yield) of the desired productas an orange powder. NMR (MeOH-d₄) δ 8.54 (s, 1H); 8.06 (m, 1H), 7.85(m, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.69(m, 2H), 3.39-3.15 (m, 5H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.21 (m, 1H),2.09-1.67 (m, 7H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₄H₃₀N₈O₂ m/z 463.1 (M+H)⁺.

2′-{[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione

S_(N)Ar reaction using General Procedure I and2′-(methylthio)-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dioneafforded the desired product in 38% yield as a yellow powder. NMR(MeOH-d₄) δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.07 (m, 1H), 7.89 (bs, 1H), 7.71 (m, 1H),4.71 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.22 (m,5H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.25 (m, 10H); MS (ESI+) forC₂₅H₃₂N₈O₂ m/z 477.2 (M+H)⁺.

10,10-Dimethyl-2-{[5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dione

S_(N)Ar reaction using General Procedure I and10,10-dimethyl-2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dioneafforded the desired product in 10% yield as a yellow powder. NMR(MeOH-d₄) δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 4.66(m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.21 (m, 5H),3.01 (s, 3H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) forC₂₂H₂₈N₈O₂ m/z 437.4 (M+H)⁺.

2-{[5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dione

S_(N)Ar reaction using General Procedure I and2-(methylthio)-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dioneafforded the desired product in 15% yield as an orange powder. NMR(DMSO-d₆) δ 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H),4.59-4.34 (m, 3H), 4.03-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.09 (m, 6H),2.80 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.67 (m, 2H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₀H₂₄N₈O₂ m/z 409.1(M+H)⁺.

General Procedure J.

2′-{[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydro-7′H-dispiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5′,2″-[1,3]dithian]-7′-one

2′-{[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine]-5′,7′-dione(90.0 mg, 0.189 mmol) and 1,3-propanedithiol (0.0379 mL, 0.378 mmol)were taken up in toluene (5 mL) at room temperature under argon.p-Toluenesulfonic acid (0.02 g, 0.1 mmol) was then added. The reactionvessel was fitted with a condenser and the reaction mixture heated atreflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperatureand the solvent removed in vacuo affording a thick dark yellow oil. Theproduct was purified by reverse phase chromatography using a gradientfrom 100% water (0.1% TFA) to 3:2 acetonitrile:water (0.1% TFA).Lyophilization of the desired fractions afforded 35 mg (33% yield) ofthe desired product as a pale yellow powder. NMR (MeOH-d₄) δ 8.52 (s,1H), 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.84 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.53 (m,1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.26 (m, 6H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.91(m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.11 (m, 1H),1.95-1.72 (m, 10H), 1.61 (m, 1H), 1.33 (m 2H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₈H₃₈N₈OS₂m/z 567.1 (M+H)⁺.

10′,10′-Dimethyl-2′-{[5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,9′,10′-tetrahydrospiro[1,3-dithiane-2,5′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-7′(8′H)-one

Dithiane formation using General Procedure J and10,10-dimethyl-2-{[5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5,7(8H)-dioneafforded the desired product in 43% yield as an orange powder. NMR(MeOH-d₄) δ 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 4.47(m, 1H), 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.15 (m, 11H), 3.00 (s, 3H),2.90-2.81 (m, 3H), 2.21 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s,3H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₅H₃₄N₈OS₂ m/z 527.1 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure K.

2′-{[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydrospiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-7′(5′H)-one

2′-{[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,8′,9′-tetrahydro-7′H-dispiro[cyclohexane-1,10′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5′,2″-[1,3]dithian]-7′-one(35 mg, 0.062 mmol) in ethanol (1 ml) was added to Raney nickel (1 mL ofthe aqueous slurry which was washed thrice with ethanol decanting offthe ethanol after each washing) in ethanol (3 mL) under argon. Thereaction mixture was heated to 45° C. for 30 minutes. After cooling toroom temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad ofCelite® washing with ethanol. The solvent was removed in vacuo affordinga yellow oil. The product was purified by reverse phase chromatographyusing a gradient from 100% water (0.1% TFA) to 3:2 acetonitrile:water(0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the desired fractions afforded 4 mg (14%yield) of the desired product as a pale yellow powder. NMR (CDCl₃) δ7.95 (m, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H),4.51 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.89 (m, 2H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 2H),3.15 (m, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.39 (m, 1H),2.05-1.45 (m, 11H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₅H₃₄N₈O m/z 463.1 (M+H)⁺.

10,10-Dimethyl-2-{[5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6,6a,9,10-tetrahydro-5H-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one

Desulfurization using General Procedure K and10′,10′-dimethyl-2′-{[5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-6′,6a′,9′,10′-tetrahydrospiro[1,3-dithiane-2,5′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-7′(8′H)-oneafforded the desired product in 11% yield as a yellow powder. NMR(MeOH-d₄) δ 7.93 (m, 2H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.32(m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.01(s, 3H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.55(s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) for C₂₂H₃₀N₈O m/z 423.1 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure L.

(1-Aminocyclohexyl)methanol

2M Lithium tetrahydroaluminate in tetrahydrofuran (80.0 mL, 160 mmol)was charged into a 500 mL 3-necked round bottomed flask (oven-dried andcooled under argon) fitted with a magnetic stir bar and the solution wascooled to 0° C. under argon. 1-Aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid (7.64 g,53.3 mmol) is added portionwise over a period of 1 hour. At the end ofthe addition, the reaction mixture was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (60mL), slowly warmed to room temperature, and then heated at reflux for 18hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixturewas further diluted with tetrahydrofuran (160 mL) and then cooled to 0°C. Saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (100 ml) was added very slowlykeeping the internal temperature below 15° C. After the addition of thecarbonate solution is complete, the ice bath was left to expire and themixture slowly warmed to room temperature overnight. The reactionmixture was filtered thru a pad of Celite® washing with ethyl acetate(400 mL). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford a wet oil which wastaken up in methylene chloride (300 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate.Filtration and concentration of the solvent in vacuo affords 6.89 g (99%yield) of the desired product as a clear colorless oil. NMR (CDCl₃) 3.34(s, 2H), 1.81 (bs, 3H), 1.51-1.32 (m, 10H); MS (ESI+) for C₇H₁₅NO m/z130.0 (M+H)⁺.

(1-Aminocyclopentyl)methanol

Using General Procedure L on commercially available cycloleucine affordsthe desired product in 99% yield as a pale yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) 3.40(s, 2H), 1.86-1.61 (m, 9H), 1.46-1.29 (m, 2H); MS (ESI+) for C₆H₁₃NO m/z116.1 (M+H)⁺.

General Procedure M.

1-{[(Triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclohexanamine

(1-Aminocyclohexyl)methanol (3.43 g, 26.5 mmol) was taken up inmethylene chloride (80 mL) at room temperature under argon.Triethylamine (5.6 mL, 40 mmol) was added followed by the addition oftriisopropylsilyl chloride (5.34 mL, 25.2 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred at room temperature overnight during which time it becameturbid. The reaction mixture was poured into a separatory funneltransferring with methylene chloride (100 mL). The organic layer waswashed sequentially with water (40 mL x 2) and brine (40 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solventconcentrated in vacuo to afford 6.68 g (93% yield) of the desiredproduct as a clear pale yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 3.49 (s, 2H),1.75-1.25 (m, 10H), 1.16-1.06 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₁H₂₇NOSi m/z203.2 (M+H)⁺.

1-{[(Triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}cyclopentanamine

Following General Procedure M and using (1-aminocyclopentyl)methanol thedesired product was obtained in 85% yield as a clear dark yellow oil.NMR (CDCl₃) δ 3.53 (s, 2H), 1.85-1.39 (m, 8H), 1.16-1.07 (m, 21H); MS(ESI+) for C₁₅H₃₃NOSi m/z 272.2 (M+H)⁺.

2-[(Triisopropylsilyl)oxy]ethanamine

Following General Procedure M and using commercially availableethanolamine the desired product was obtained in 99% yield as a clearpale yellow oil. NMR (CDCl₃) δ 3.56 (t, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 2.94 (t, 2H,J=6.0 Hz), 1.09-0.99 (m, 21H); MS (ESI+) for C₁₁H₂₇NOSi m/z 217.2(M+H)⁺.

1-{[tert-Butyl)dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-methylpropan-2-amine

Following General Procedure M and using commercially available2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol and using tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloridethe desired product was obtained in 95% yield as a clear colorless oil.NMR (CDCl₃) δ 3.31 (s, 2H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 0.06 (s, 6H); MS (ESI+) forC₁₀H₂₅NOSi m/z 204.2 (M+H)⁺.

As exemplified in Scheme 10, compounds of Formula VI can be synthesizedbeginning with the aldehyde illustrated above. In Step 1, an alkyne canbe treated with an organic solvent, and a base optionally at a reducedtemperature and subsequently treated with an aldehyde according tomethods known in the art. For example, the aldehyde in Step 1 can betreated with a base, for example, isopropylmagnesium chloride lithiumchloride complex in an organic solvent, for example, tetrahydrofuran atabout −15° C. and next treated with an aldehyde to generate an alkyne.In Step 2, a desired alkynyl alcohol can be treated with a base in anorganic solvent at an elevated temperature to isomerize the desiredalkynyl alcohol to a desired alkene. For example, a desired alkynylalcohol can be treated with a base, such as triethylamine in an organicsolvent, for example, 1,4-dioxane at an elevated temperature of about60° C. to generate an alkene. In Step 3, a desired alkene can be treatedwith ammonia and a mixture of organic solvents to form a tert-butyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylateaccording to methods known in the art. For example, an alkene can betreated with 0.5M ammonia and a mixture of organic solvents, forexample, dioxane and acetonitrile to form a tert-butyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate.In Step 4, a desired ester can be treated with a desired acid and anorganic solvent to generate a desired carboxylic acid according tomethods known in the art. For example, a desired ester can be treatedwith a desired acid, for example, trifluoroacetic acid, to generate acarboxylic acid. In one embodiment, the organic solvent isdichloromethane. In Step 5, a desired acid can be treated with a desiredamine, an organic solvent and a coupling reagent to form a desired amideaccording to methods known in the art. For example, a desired acid canbe treated with a desired amine, an organic solvent, for example,N,N-dimethylformamide, and a coupling reagent, for example,1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium3-oxid hexafluorophosphate, to generate an amide. In Step 6, a silylprotected alcohol can be treated with a fluoride reagent and an organicsolvent according to methods known in the art to generate a desiredalcohol. For example, a silyl protected alcohol can be treated with afluoride reagent, for example, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, and anorganic solvent, for example, acetonitrile, to generate an alcohol. Instep 7, a desired alcohol can be treated with a sulfonyl chloride togenerate a desired mesylate according to methods known in the art. Forexample, an alcohol can be treated with a desired sulfonyl chloride, forexample, methanesulfonyl chloride, to generate a mesylate. In oneembodiment, an amine spontaneously reacts with said mesylate to generatea cyclic amide. In Step 8, a desired thiol can be treated with a desiredamine and an organic solvent at an elevated temperature to generate adesired amine according to methods known in the art. For example, athiol can be treated with an amine, for example,5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-amine, and an organic solvent, forexample, N,N-dimethylacetamide, at an elevated temperature of about 150°C. to generate an amine. The compound5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-amine can be prepared as disclosedin U.S. Pat. No. 8,598,186 to Tavares and Strum.

As exemplified in Scheme 11, compounds of Formula VI can be synthesizedbeginning with the aldehyde illustrated above. In Step 1, an alkyne canbe treated with an organic solvent, and a base optionally at a reducedtemperature and subsequently treated with an aldehyde according tomethods known in the art. For example, the aldehyde in Step 1 can betreated with a base, for example, isopropylmagnesium chloride lithiumchloride complex in an organic solvent, for example, tetrahydrofuran atabout −15° C. and next treated with an aldehyde to generate an alkyne.In Step 2, a desired alkynyl alcohol can be treated with a base in anorganic solvent at an elevated temperature to isomerize the desiredalkynyl alcohol to a desired alkene. For example, a desired alkynylalcohol can be treated with a base, such as triethylamine in an organicsolvent, for example, 1,4-dioxane at an elevated temperature of about60° C. to generate an alkene. In Step 3, a desired alkene can be treatedwith ammonia and a mixture of organic solvents to form a tert-butyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylateaccording to methods known in the art. For example, an alkene can betreated with 0.5M ammonia and a mixture of organic solvents, forexample, dioxane and acetonitrile to form a tert-butyl2-(methylthio)-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylate.In Step 4, an amine can be treated with a base, an organic solvent, anda cyclic sulfamidate to form an amine according to methods known in theart. For example, a desired amine can be treated with a base, forexample, triethylamine, an organic solvent, for example,N,N-dimethylformamide, and a cyclic sufamidate to form an amine. In Step5, a protected amine can be treated with an organic acid to form anamine that can subsequently form a cyclic amide according to methodsknown in the art. For example, a protected amine can be treated with anorganic acid, for example, trifluoroacetic acid, and subsequently reactwith an ester to form a cyclic amide.

EXAMPLES

The patents WO 2013/148748 entitled “Lactam Kinase Inhibitors” toTavares, F. X., WO 2013/163239 entitled “Synthesis of Lactams” toTavares, F. X., and U.S. Pat. No. 8,598,186 entitled “CDK Inhibitors” toTavares, F. X. and Strum, J. C. are incorporated by reference herein intheir entirety.

Example 1 Synthesis of Compound 2 (Scheme 1)

Compound 2 is synthesized according to the method of A. Haidle et al.,See, WO 2009/152027 entitled“5,7-dihydro-6H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-one derivatives for MARKinhibition.”

Example 2 Synthesis of Compound 3 (Scheme 1)

Step 1: A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere ischarged with Compound 2, ethanol, and lithium borohydride at ambienttemperature. The reaction is stirred at ambient temperature andmonitored by thin layer chromatography (TLC) or high-performance liquidchromatography (HPLC). Once Compound 2 can no longer be detected, thereaction is quenched with an aqueous acid such as aqueous hydrochloricacid, diluted with ethyl acetate and the layers separated. The organiclayer is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The product, a primary alcohol, is purified bysilica gel column chromatography eluting with a hexane-ethyl acetategradient and used directly in the next step.

Step 2: A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere ischarged with the primary alcohol prepared in step 1, DMF and phosphorustribromide. The reaction is stirred at ambient temperature and monitoredby thin layer chromatography (TLC) or HPLC. Once the primary alcohol canno longer be detected, the reaction is quenched with brine and dilutedwith toluene. The layers are separated and the toluene layer is driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.The bromide is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting witha hexane—ethyl acetate gradient.

Example 3 Synthesis of Compound 5 (Scheme 1)

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith tetrahydrofuran and the lactam 4, described below. The reaction iscooled to −78° C. and lithium diisopropylamide solution (2M inTHF/heptane/ethyl benzene) is added dropwise. To the resulting enolateis added Compound 3, dropwise, and the reaction is allowed to warm toroom temperature overnight. The reaction is diluted with saturated brineand the layers are separated. The organic layer is dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product ispurified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with adichloromethane -methanol gradient.

Example 4 Synthesis of Compound 6 (Scheme 1)

A round-bottomed flask is charged with Compound 5 and an aqueous acid,for example a pH=1 HCl solution. The reaction is allowed to stir at roomtemperature until starting material is no longer detected by thin layerchromatography or HPLC. The reaction is neutralized with solid K₂CO₃ anddiluted with dichloromethane. The layers are separated, the organiclayer dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.Compound 6 is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting witha dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 5 Synthesis of Compound 7 (Scheme 1)

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith Compound 6, ethanol and DBU (10 eq). The reaction is monitored bythin layer chromatography or HPLC. Note: The reaction can be heated atreflux if necessary. Once Compound 6 is no longer detected, the reactionis concentrated in vacuo. The lactam 7 is purified by silica gel columnchromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 6 Synthesis of Compound 8 (Scheme 1)

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith Compound 7, meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, an organic solvent andstirred at ambient temperature. The reaction is monitored by thin layerchromatography or HPLC. Once Compound 7 is no longer detected, thereaction is concentrated in vacuo. Compound 8 is purified by silica gelcolumn chromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 7 Synthesis of Compound 10 (Scheme 1)

The tricyclic lactam 8 is combined with an amine (9, 0.9 eq) and anorganic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran. A strong base such as lithiumhexamethyldisilazane is added and the reaction is stirred until lactam 8is no longer detected by either thin layer chromatography or HPLC. Thereaction is concentrated in vacuo. The product is purified by silica gelcolumn chromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Alternatively, a CEM Discovery microwave vessel is charged with thetricyclic lactam 8, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), Hunig's base, andamine 9 (0.9 eq). The reaction is heated at 150° C. for 1-4 hours whilebeing monitored by TLC. Once the tricyclic lactam 8 is no longerdetected by TLC or HPLC, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. Theproduct is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with adichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 8 Synthesis of Compound 11 (Scheme 2)

Compound 7 is treated with an oxidizing agent such as2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (DDQ) in an organic solvent togenerate the alkene intermediate 12.

Example 9 Synthesis of Compound 14 (Scheme 2)

The sulfone intermediate 12 is combined with an amine (13, 0.9 eq) in anorganic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran. An organic base such as lithiumhexamethyldisilazane is added and the reaction is stirred until sulfoneintermediate 12 can no longer be detected by thin layer chromatographyor HPLC. The product is purified by silica gel column chromatographyeluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Alternatively, a CEM Discovery microwave vessel is charged with thesulfone intermediate 12, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), Hunig's base, andamine 13 (0.9 eq). The reaction is heated at 150° C. for 1-4 hours whilebeing monitored by TLC. Once the sulfone intermediate 12 is no longerdetected by TLC or HPLC, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. Theproduct is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with adichloromethane -methanol gradient.

Example 10 Synthesis of Compound 4

Step 1: Synthesis of Compound 15 (Scheme 3)

Compound 15 is synthesized according to the method of Arigon, J., See,US 2013/0289031, entitled “Pyrimidinone derivatives, preparation thereofand pharmaceutical use thereof”

Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 16 (Scheme 3)

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith Compound 15, dichloromethane and triethylamine (1.5 eq). Thereaction is cooled to 0° C. and Boc anhydride (1.5 eq) is added. Thereaction is allowed to stir at room temperature until Compound 15 is nolonger detected by thin layer chromatography or HPLC. The reaction isconcentrated in vacuo. The product is purified by silica gel columnchromatography eluting with a hexane—ethyl acetate gradient.

Step 3: Synthesis of Compound 17 (Scheme 3)

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith Compound 16, acetonitrile and a base such as potassium carbonate.Methyl chloroacetate is added dropwise. The reaction is allowed to stirat room temperature until Compound 16 is no longer detected by thinlayer chromatography or HPLC. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo. Theproduct is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ahexane—ethyl acetate gradient.

Step 4: Synthesis of Compound 18 (Scheme 3)

Compound 17 is dissolved in a solution comprising 3M HCl in methanol andthe reaction is stirred at ambient temperature. Note: the reaction canbe heated at a temperature of about 25° C. to about 60° C. to acceleratethe reaction rate. Once the starting material is no longer detected bythin layer chromatography, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. Theproduct is purified by silica gel column chromatography using adichloromethane—methanol gradient

Step 5: Synthesis of Compound 19 (Scheme 3)

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith Compound 18, dichloromethane, and diisopropylethylamine (1.2 eq).Chloromethyl methyl ether (MOM-Cl, 1.2 eq) is added dropwise. Thereaction is allowed to stir at room temperature and monitored by TLC.Once the starting material is no longer detected by thin layerchromatography, the reaction is quenched with saturated brine solution.The organic layer is separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product is purified by silicagel column chromatography using a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Step 6: Synthesis of Compound 4

A round-bottomed flask inserted with a nitrogen atmosphere is chargedwith anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and Compound 19. The reaction is cooledto −78° C. Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF, 1.1 eq) is addeddropwise. Chloromethyl methyl ether (MOM-Cl, 1.2 eq) is added dropwisewith stirring and the reaction is allowed to warm to room temperatureovernight. The reaction is quenched with saturated brine solution andthe layers are separated. The organic layer is dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product ispurified by silica gel column chromatography using adichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 11 Synthesis of Compound 25 (Scheme 5)

Compound 20 is commercially available. Compound 25 is synthesizedaccording to the synthetic methodology disclosed in Example 10.

Example 12 Synthesis of Compound 31 (Scheme 6)

Compound 31 is synthesized according to the synthetic methodologydisclosed in Example 10.

Example 13 Synthesis of Compound 33 (Scheme 7)

Step 1: Synthesis of Compound 32

Compound 32, 5-morpholinopyrid-2-amine, is synthesized according toTavares, F. X. and Strum, J. C., See, U.S. Pat. No. 8,598,186, entitled“CDK Inhibitors”.

Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 33

The sulfone intermediate 8 is diluted with a suitable solvent such astetrahydrofuran and an organic base such as lithium hexamethyldisilazaneis added. The amine 32 is added and the reaction is stirred untilsulfone intermediate 8 can no longer be detected by thin layerchromatography or HPLC. The product is purified by silica gel columnchromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Alternatively, a CEM Discovery microwave vessel is charged with thesulfone intermediate 8, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), Hunig's base, and5-morpholinopyrid-2-amine (0.9 eq). The reaction is heated at 150° C.for 1-4 hours while being monitored by TLC. Once the sulfoneintermediate 8 is no longer detected by TLC or HPLC, the reaction isconcentrated in vacuo. The product is purified by silica gel columnchromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 14 Synthesis of Compound 34 (Scheme 8)

Step 1: Synthesis of Compound 32

Compound 32, 5-morpholinopyrid-2-amine, is synthesized according toTavares, F. X. and Strum, J. C., See, U.S. Pat. No. 8,598,186, entitled“CDK Inhibitors”.

Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 34

The sulfone intermediate 12 is combined with a suitable solvent such astetrahydrofuran and an organic base such as lithiumhexamethyldisilazane. The amine 32 is added and the reaction is stirreduntil sulfone intermediate 12 can no longer be detected by thin layerchromatography or HPLC. The product is purified by silica gel columnchromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Alternatively, a CEM Discovery microwave vessel is charged with thesulfone intermediate 12, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), Hunig's base, and5-morpholinopyrid-2-amine (0.9 eq). The reaction is heated at 150° C.for 1-4 hours while being monitored by TLC. Once the sulfoneintermediate 12 is no longer detected by TLC or HPLC, the reaction isconcentrated in vacuo. The product is purified by silica gel columnchromatography eluting with a dichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 15 Preparation of a Formula V compound

Step 1: Compound 7 is Boc protected according to the method of A. Sarkaret al. (JOC, 2011, 76, 7132-7140).

Step 2: Boc-protected Compound 7 is treated with 5 mol % NiCl₂(Ph₃)₂,0.1 eq triphenylphosphine, 3 eq Mn, 0.1 eq tetraethylammonium iodide, inDMI under CO₂ (1 atm) at 25° C. for 20 hours to convert the methyl thiolderivative into the carboxylic acid.

Step 3: The carboxylic acid from Step 2 is converted to thecorresponding acid chloride using standard conditions.

Step 4: The acid chloride from Step 3 is reacted with N-methylpiperazine to generate the corresponding amide.

Step 5: The amide from Step 4 is deprotected using trifluoroacetic acidin methylene chloride to generate the target compound. The product ispurified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with adichloromethane—methanol gradient.

Example 16 CDK4/6 Inhibition In Vitro Assay

Selected compounds disclosed herein were tested in CDK4/cyclinD1,CDK6/CycD3, CDK2/CycA, CDK2/cyclinE, CDK5/p25, CDK5/p35, CDK7/CycH/MAT1,and CDK9/CycT kinase assays by Nanosyn (Santa Clara, Calif.) todetermine their inhibitory effect on these CDKs. The assays wereperformed using microfluidic kinase detection technology (Caliper AssayPlatform). The compounds were tested in 12-point dose-response format insinglicate at Km for ATP. Phosphoacceptor substrate peptideconcentration used was 1.25 μM for all assays (except μM 10 was used forthe CKD7/CycH/MAT1 assay and Staurosporine was used as the referencecompound for all assays. Specifics of each assay are as described below:

CDK2/CyclinA: Enzyme concentration: 0.2 nM; ATP concentration: 50 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK2/CyclinE: Enzyme concentration: 0.2 nM; ATP concentration: 100 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK4/CyclinD1: Enzyme concentration: 1 nM; ATP concentration: 200 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK6/CyclinD3: Enzyme concentration: 10 nM; ATP concentration: 300 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK5/p25: Enzyme concentration: 0.1 nM; ATP concentration: 20 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK5/p35: Enzyme concentration: 0.07 nM; ATP concentration: 20 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK7/CycH/MAT1: Enzyme concentration: 5 nM; ATP concentration: 50 μM;Incubation time: 3 hr.

CDK9/CycT: Enzyme concentration: 5 nM; ATP concentration: 10 μM;Incubation time: 17 hr.

TABLE 2 Inhibition of CDK kinases by Tricyclic Lactam Compounds Cdk7/Compound Cdk2/ Cdk2/ Cdk4/ Cdk5/ Cdk5/ Cdk6/ CycH/ Cdk9/ No. CycA CycECycD1 p25 p35 CycD3 MAT1 Cyc T ZZZ * * * * * * * YYY * * *** * * ** *BBBB ** * ** * * ** * * AAAA * * * * * * * * CCCC * * * * * * * *GGGG * * ** * * ** * * * >100 μM ** 10 μM < X > 100 μM *** <10 μM

Example 17 G1 Arrest (Cellular G1 and S-phase) Assay

For determination of cellular fractions in various stages of the cellcycle following various treatments, HS68 cells (human skin fibroblastcell line (Rb-positive)) are stained with propidium iodide stainingsolution and run on Dako Cyan Flow Cytometer. The fraction of cells inG0-G1 DNA cell cycle versus the fraction in S-phase DNA cell cycle isdetermined using FlowJo 7.2.2 analysis.

Example 18 Inhibition of Cellular Proliferation

Cellular proliferation assays are conducted using the following cancercell lines: MCF7 (breast adenocarcinoma—Rb-positive), ZR-75-1 (breastductal carcinoma—Rb-positive), H69 (human small cell lungcancer—Rb-negative) cells, or A2058 (human metastatic melanomacells—Rb-negative). These cells are seeded in Costar (Tewksbury, Mass.)3093 96 well tissue culture treated white walled/clear bottom plates.Cells are treated with the compounds of Table 1 as nine point doseresponse dilution series from 10 uM to 1 nM. Cells are exposed tocompounds and then cell viability is determined after either four (H69)or six (MCF7, ZR75-1, A2058) days as indicated using the CellTiter-Glo®luminescent cell viability assay (CTG; Promega, Madison, Wis., UnitedStates of America) following the manufacturer's recommendations. Platesare read on BioTek (Winooski, Vt.) Syngergy2 multi-mode plate reader.The Relative Light Units (RLU) are plotted as a result of variable molarconcentration and data is analyzed using Graphpad (LaJolla, Californaia)Prism 5 statistical software to determine the EC₅₀ for each compound.

Example 19 Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Properties of TricyclicLactam Compounds

Tricyclic lactam compounds are dosed to mice at 30 mg/kg by oral gavageor 10 mg/kg by intravenous injection. Blood samples are taken at 0,0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, and 8.0 hours post dosing and the plasmaconcentration of compounds are determined by HPLC.

Example 20 Cellular Wash-Out Experiment

HS68 cells are seeded out at 40,000 cells/well in 60 mm dish on day 1 inDMEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 100 U/ml penicillin/streptomycinand 1× Glutamax (Invitrogen) as described (Brookes et al. EMBO J,21(12)2936-2945 (2002) and Ruas et al. Mol Cell Biol, 27(12)4273-4282(2007)). 24 hrs post seeding, cells are treated with a tricyclic lactamcompound or DMSO vehicle alone at 300 nM final concentration of testcompounds. On day 3, one set of treated cell samples are harvested intriplicate (0 Hour sample). Remaining cells are washed two times inPBS-CMF and returned to culture media lacking test compound. Sets ofsamples were harvested in triplicate at 24, 40, and 48 hours.

Alternatively, the same experiment is done using normal Renal ProximalTubule Epithelial Cells (Rb-positive) obtained from American TypeCulture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, Va.). Cells are grown in anincubator at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO₂ in RenalEpithelial Cell Basal Media (ATCC) supplemented with Renal EpithelialCell Growth Kit (ATCC) in a 37° C. humidified incubator.

Upon harvesting cells, samples are stained with propidium iodidestaining solution and samples run on Dako Cyan Flow Cytometer. Thefraction of cells in G0-G1 DNA cell cycle versus the fraction in S-phaseDNA cell cycle is determined using FlowJo 7.2.2 analysis.

Example 21 Bone Marrow Proliferation as Evaluated Using EdUIncorporation and Flow Cytometry Analysis

For hematopoietic stem cell and/or hematopoietic progenitor cell (HSPC)proliferation experiments, young adult female FVB/N mice are dosed witha single dose of compound by oral gavage. Mice are then sacrificed at 0,12, 24, 36, or 48 hours following compound administration, and bonemarrow is harvested, as previously described (Johnson et al. J. Clin.Invest. (2010) 120(7), 2528-2536). Four hours before the bone marrow isharvested, mice are treated with 100 μg of EdU by intraperitonealinjection (Invitrogen). Bone marrow mononuclear cells are harvested andimmunophenotyped using previously described methods and percent EdUpositive cells are then determined (Johnson et al. J. Clin. Invest.(2010) 120(7), 2528-2536). In brief, HSPCs are identified by expressionof lineage markers (Lin−), Sca1 (S+), and c-Kit (K+).

Example 22 Metabolic Stability

The metabolic stability of tricyclic lactam compounds can be determinedin human, dog, rat, monkey, and mouse liver microsomes. Human, mouse,and dog liver microsomes are purchased from Xenotech, and Sprague-Dawleyrat liver microsomes are prepared by Absorption Systems. The reactionmixture comprising 0.5 mg/mL of liver microsomes, 100 mM of potassiumphosphate, pH 7.4, 5 mM of magnesium chloride, and 1 uM of test compoundis prepared. The test compound is added into the reaction mixture at afinal concentration of 1 uM. An aliquot of the reaction mixture (withoutcofactor) is incubated in a shaking water bath at 37° C. for 3 minutes.The control compound, testosterone, is run simultaneously with the testcompound in a separate reaction. The reaction is initiated by theaddition of cofactor (NADPH), and the mixture is then incubated in ashaking water bath at 37° C. Aliquots (100 μL) are withdrawn at 0, 10,20, 30, and 60 minutes for the test compound and 0, 10, 30, and 60minutes for testosterone. Test compound samples are immediately combinedwith 100 μL of ice-cold acetonitrile containing internal standard toterminate the reaction. Testosterone samples are immediately combinedwith 800 μL of ice cold 50/50 acetonitrile/dH₂O containing 0.1% formicacid and internal standard to terminate the reaction. The samples areassayed using a validated LC-MS/MS method. Test compound samples areanalyzed using the Orbitrap high resolution mass spectrometer toquantify the disappearance of parent test compound and detect theappearance of metabolites. The peak area response ration (PARR) tointernal standard is compared to the PARR at time 0 to determine thepercent of test compound or positive control remaining at time-point.Half-lives are calculated using GraphPad software, fitting to asingle-phase exponential decay equation. Half-life is calculated basedon t½=0.693 k, where k is the elimination rate constant based on theslope plot of natural logarithm percent remaining versus incubationtime.

Example 23 Efficacy of Tricyclic Lactams in HER2-Driven Breast Tumors

A HER2-driven model (Rb-positive) of breast cancer (Muller W J, Sinn E,Pattengale P K, Wallace R, Leder P. Single-step induction of mammaryadenocarcinoma in transgenic mice bearing the activated c-neu oncogene.Cell 1988; 54: 105-15), that expresses c-neu (the mouse ortholog ofhuman HER2) driven by the MMTV promoter is used in the followingexample. This model is chosen because previous studies in murine (Yu Q,Geng Y, Sicinski P. Specific protection against breast cancers by cyclinD1 ablation. Nature 2001; 411: 1017-21; Landis M W, Pawlyk B S, Li T,Sicinski P, Hinds P W. Cyclin D1-dependent kinase activity in murinedevelopment and mammary tumorigenesis. Cancer Cell 2006; 9: 13-22; ReddyH K, Mettus R V, Rane S G, Grana X, Litvin J, Reddy E P.Cyclin-dependent kinase 4 expression is essential for neu-induced breasttumorigenesis. Cancer Res 2005; 65: 10174-8; Yu Q, Sicinska E, Geng Y,Ahnstrom M, Zagozdzon A, Kong Y, et al. Requirement for CDK4 kinasefunction in breast cancer. Cancer Cell 2006; 9: 23-32.) and humanHER2-positive breast cancer (An H X, Beckmann M W, Reifenberger G,Bender H G, Niederacher D. Gene amplification and overexpression of CDK4in sporadic breast carcinomas is associated with high tumor cellproliferation. Am J Pathol 1999; 154: 113-8; Samady L, Dennis J,Budhram-Mahadeo V, Latchman D S. Activation of CDK4 gene expression inhuman breast cancer cells by the Brn-3b POU family transcription factor.Cancer Biol Ther 2004; 3: 317-23; Takano Y, Takenaka H, Kato Y, MasudaM, Mikami T, Saegusa M, et al. Cyclin D1 overexpression in invasivebreast cancers: correlation with cyclin-dependent kinase 4 and oestrogenreceptor overexpression, and lack of correlation with mitotic activity.J Cancer Res Clin Oncol 1999; 125: 505-12) suggest that these tumorsrequire CDK4/6 and CCND1 for progression and maintenance.

MMTV-neu mice are generated and observed post-lactation, with tumorsobserved with a median latency of approximately 25 weeks. Mice areenrolled in therapy studies when tumors reach a standard size (50-60mm3) that permitted easy serial assessment. Tumor-bearing mice arecontinuously treated with a tricyclic lactam compound added to theirchow (100 mg/kg/d or 150 mg/kg/d). MMTV-c-neu mice are examined weeklyto assess tumor development by palpation. Tumor volumes are calculatedby the formula, Volume=[(width)²×length]/2. Tumor-bearing mice areeuthanized at the indicated times due to predefined morbidity, tumorulceration, or a tumor size of more than 1.5 cm in diameter.

Example 24 Efficacy of Tricyclic Lactams in HER2-Driven Breast Tumors

The in vivo efficacy of the tricyclic lactams is tested in thegenetically engineered mouse model of luminal breast cancer. Tumors areserially assessed weekly using caliper measurements. Therapeuticintervention begins once tumors reach 40-64 mm³. Tumor volume iscalculated using the formula ((Width)×Length)/2. Compounds areadministered orally via medicated diets (100 mg/kg/d). Medicated dietsare administered for 28 consecutive days and then stopped. RECISTcriteria are used to assess objective response rates.

Example 25 Cell Cycle Arrest by Tricyclic Lactams in CDK4/6-DependentCells

To test the ability of tricyclic lactams to induce a clean G1-arrest, acell based screening method is used consisting of two CDK4/6-dependentcell lines (tHS68 and WM2664; Rb-positive) and one CDK4/6-independent(A2058; Rb-negative) cell line. Twenty-four hours after plating, eachcell line is treated with a tricyclic lactam compound in a dosedependent manner for 24 hours. At the conclusion of the experiment,cells are harvested, fixed, and stained with propidium iodide (a DNAintercalator), which fluoresces strongly red (emission maximum 637 nm)when excited by 488 nm light. Samples are run on a Dako Cyan flowcytometer and >10,000 events are collected for each sample. Data areanalyzed using FlowJo 2.2 software developed by TreeStar, Inc.

Example 26 Inhibition of RB Phosphorylation

The CDK4/6-cyclin D complex is essential for progression from G1 to theS-phase of the DNA cell cycle. This complex phosphorylates theretinoblastoma tumor suppressor protein (Rb). To demonstrate the impactof tricyclic lactams on Rb phosphorylation (pRb), compounds are exposedto three cell lines, two CDK4/6 dependent (tHS68, WM2664; Rb-positive)and one CDK4/6 independent (A2058; Rb-negative). Twenty four hours afterseeding, cells are treated with a tricyclic lactam compound at 300 nMfinal concentration for 4, 8, 16, and 24 hours. Samples are lysed andprotein is assayed by western blot analysis. Rb phosphorylation ismeasured at two sites targeted by the CDK4/6-cyclin D complex, Ser780and Ser807/811 using species specific antibodies.

Example 27 Preparation of Drug Product

The active compounds of the present invention can be prepared forintravenous administration using the following procedure. The excipientshydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin and dextrose can be added to 90% of thebatch volume of USP Sterile Water for Injection or Irrigation withstirring; stir until dissolved. The active compound in the hydrochloridesalt form is added and stirred until it is dissolved. The pH is adjustedwith 1N NaOH to pH 4.3+0.1 and 1N HCl can be used to back titrate ifnecessary. USP sterile water for injection or irrigation can be used tobring the solution to the final batch weight. The pH is next re-checkedto ensure that the pH is pH 4.3+0.1. If the pH is outside of the rangeadd 1N HCl or 1N NaOH as appropriate to bring the pH to 4.3+0.1. Thesolution is next sterile filtered to fill 50 or 100 mL flint glassvials, stopper, and crimped.

This specification has been described with reference to embodiments ofthe invention. The invention has been described with reference toassorted embodiments, which are illustrated by the accompanyingExamples. The invention can, however, be embodied in different forms andshould not be construed as limited to the embodiments set forth herein.Given the teaching herein, one of ordinary skill in the art will be ableto modify the invention for a desired purpose and such variations areconsidered within the scope of the invention.

We claim:
 1. A method for the treatment of cancer in a host, wherein thecancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer, coloncancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, and Rb-positiveglioblastoma, comprising administering an effective amount of a compoundof Formula I, II, III, IV, or V to a host in need thereof:

wherein: Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)—wherein z is 2, 3 or 4; each X is independently CH or N; each X′ isindependently CH or N; X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged suchthat the moiety is a stable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ areindependently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl or haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkylcontaining one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S;-(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-aryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; each R¹ isindependently aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, wherein each of saidalkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl groups optionally includes O or Nheteroatoms in place of a carbon in the chain and two R¹'s on adjacentring atoms or on the same ring atom together with the ring atom(s) towhich they are attached optionally form a 3-8-membered cycle; y is 0, 1,2, 3 or 4; R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl;-(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any of which may be optionallyindependently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed byvalance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atommay optionally combine to form a ring and wherein m is 0, 1 or 2 and nis 0, 1 or 2; R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently: (i)hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring; or R³ andR⁴ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached maycombine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally independently substitutedwith one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and wherein twoR^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionally combineto form a ring; R⁵ and R⁵* at each occurrence is: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance; R^(x) at each occurrence is independently,halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵)-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵;wherein: said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups may be furtherindependently substituted with one or more -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, n is 0, 1 or 2, and m is 0, 1 or 2; R³*and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance; or R³* and R⁴* together with the nitrogenatom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclo ringoptionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups asallowed by valance; and R⁶ is H or lower alkyl,-(alkylene)m-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; and R¹⁰ is(i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A) is unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR, C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containingone or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; TT is anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; andRR is a hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino,unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted orsubstituted di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl comprising one or two 5-or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted orsubstituted heterocycle comprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; or (ii) —C(O)—R¹² or—C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A) or R^(A) and R¹³ is R^(A); whencompounds comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ring fused to thepyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present and are as defined above;when compounds do not comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ringfused to the pyrimidine ring, four R⁸ groups are present and are asdefined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. Themethod of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the groupconsisting of: Structure Reference Structure A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

HH

II

JJ

KK

LL

MM

NN

OO

PP

QQ

RR

SS

TT

UU

VV

WW

XX

YY

ZZ

AAA

BBB

CCC

DDD

EEE

FFF

GGG

HHH

III

JJJ

KKK

LLL

MMM

NNN

OOO

PPP

QQQ

RRR

SSS

TTT

UUU

VVV

WWW

XXX


3. The method of claim 2, wherein the compound is selected from thegroup consisting of Compound A through Compound Z, or itspharmaceutically acceptable salt.
 4. The method of claim 2, wherein thecompound is selected from the group consisting of Compound AA throughZZ, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
 5. The method of claim 2,wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of CompoundAAA through XXX, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
 6. The methodof claim 1, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.
 7. The method of claim1, wherein the cancer is colon cancer.
 8. The method of claim 1, whereinthe cancer is ovarian cancer.
 9. The method of claim 1, wherein thecancer is non-small cell lung cancer.
 10. The method of claim 1, whereinthe cancer is Rb positive glioblastoma.
 11. The method of claim 1,wherein the compound is conjugated to a targeting agent.
 12. The methodof claim 11, wherein the targeting agent is an antibody or antibodyfragment.
 13. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is conjugatedto a radioisotope.
 14. The method of claim 1, wherein the host is ahuman.
 15. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administeredin combination with another chemotherapeutic agent.
 16. The method ofclaim 15, wherein the chemotherapeutic agent does not rely on cellularproliferation for its anti-cancer activity.
 17. The method of claim 1,wherein two R⁸ groups bonded to the same carbon form an exocyclic doublebond.
 18. The method of claim 1, wherein two R⁸ groups bonded to thesame carbon form a carbonyl group.
 19. A method for the treatment ofRb-positive abnormal cell proliferation in a host, comprisingadministering an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III,IV, or V to a host in need thereof:

wherein: Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)—wherein z is 2, 3 or 4; each X is independently CH or N; each X′ isindependently CH or N; X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged suchthat the moiety is a stable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ areindependently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl or haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkylcontaining one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S;-(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-aryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; each R¹ isindependently aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, wherein each of saidalkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl groups optionally includes O or Nheteroatoms in place of a carbon in the chain and two R¹'s on adjacentring atoms or on the same ring atom together with the ring atom(s) towhich they are attached optionally form a 3-8-membered cycle; y is 0, 1,2, 3 or 4; R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl;-(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any of which may be optionallyindependently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed byvalance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atommay optionally combine to form a ring and wherein m is 0, 1 or 2 and nis 0, 1 or 2; R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently: (i)hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring; or R³ andR⁴ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached maycombine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally independently substitutedwith one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and wherein twoR^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionally combineto form a ring; R⁵ and R⁵* at each occurrence is: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance; R^(x) at each occurrence is independently,halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵)-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵;wherein: said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups may be furtherindependently substituted with one or more -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, n is 0, 1 or 2, and m is 0, 1 or 2; R³*and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance; or R³* and R⁴* together with the nitrogenatom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclo ringoptionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups asallowed by valance; and R⁶ is H or lower alkyl,-(alkylene)m-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; and R¹⁰ is(i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A) is unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR, C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containingone or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; TT is anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; andRR is a hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino,unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted orsubstituted di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl comprising one or two 5-or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted orsubstituted heterocycle comprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; or (ii) —C(O)—R¹² or—C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A) or R^(A) and R¹³ is R^(A); whencompounds comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ring fused to thepyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present and are as defined above;when compounds do not comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ringfused to the pyrimidine ring, four R⁸ groups are present and are asdefined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 20. Themethod of claim 19, wherein the compound is selected from the groupconsisting of: Structure Reference Structure A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

HH

II

JJ

KK

LL

MM

NN

OO

PP

QQ

RR

SS

TT

UU

VV

WW

XX

YY

ZZ

AAA

BBB

CCC

DDD

EEE

FFF

GGG

HHH

III

JJJ

KKK

LLL

MMM

NNN

OOO

PPP

QQQ

RRR

SSS

TTT

UUU

VVV

WWW

XXX


21. The method of claim 20, wherein the Compound is selected from thegroup consisting of Compound A through Compound Z, or itspharmaceutically acceptable salt.
 22. The method of claim 20, whereinthe compound is selected from the group consisting of Compound AAthrough ZZ, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
 23. The method ofclaim 20, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting ofCompound AAA through XXX, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt. 24.The method of claim 19, wherein the compound is conjugated to atargeting agent.
 25. The method of claim 24, wherein the targeting agentis an antibody or antibody fragment.
 26. The method of claim 19, whereinthe compound is conjugated to a radioisotope.
 27. The method of claim19, wherein the host is a human.
 28. The method of claim 19, wherein twoR⁸ groups bonded to the same carbon form an exocyclic double bond. 29.The method of claim 19, wherein two R⁸ groups bonded to the same carbonform a carbonyl group.
 30. A compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V:

wherein: Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)—wherein z is 2, 3 or 4; each X is independently CH or N; each X′ isindependently CH or N; X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged suchthat the moiety is a stable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ areindependently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl or haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkylcontaining one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S;-(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-aryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)n-NR³R⁴ any of whichmay be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; each R¹ isindependently aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, wherein each of saidalkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl groups optionally includes O or Nheteroatoms in place of a carbon in the chain and two R¹'s on adjacentring atoms or on the same ring atom together with the ring atom(s) towhich they are attached optionally form a 3-8-membered cycle; y is 0, 1,2, 3 or 4; R² is -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl;-(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any of which may be optionallyindependently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed byvalance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atommay optionally combine to form a ring and wherein m is 0, 1 or 2 and nis 0, 1 or 2; R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently: (i)hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring; or R³ andR⁴ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached maycombine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally independently substitutedwith one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and wherein twoR^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionally combineto form a ring; R⁵ and R⁵* at each occurrence is: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance; R^(x) at each occurrence is independently,halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵)-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵;wherein: said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups may be furtherindependently substituted with one or more -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, n is 0, 1 or 2, and m is 0, 1 or 2; R³*and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance; or R³* and R⁴* together with the nitrogenatom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclo ringoptionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x) groups asallowed by valance; and R⁶ is H or lower alkyl,-(alkylene)m-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; and R¹⁰ is(i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A) is unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR, C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containingone or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; TT is anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; andRR is a hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino,unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted orsubstituted di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl comprising one or two 5-or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted orsubstituted heterocycle comprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; or (ii) —C(O)—R¹² or—C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A) or R^(A) and R¹³ is R^(A); whencompounds comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ring fused to thepyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present and are as defined above;when compounds do not comprise a double bond in the 6-membered ringfused to the pyrimidine ring, four R⁸ groups are present and are asdefined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 31. Thecompound of claim 30, wherein each R⁸ is independently hydrogen or C₁-C₃alkyl.
 32. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has theformula selected from the structures shown in FIG. 5A, FIG. 5B, and FIG.5C.
 33. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formulaselected from the structures shown in FIG. 6A, FIG. 6B, FIG. 6C, andFIG. 6D.
 34. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has theformula selected from the structures shown in FIG. 7A, FIG. 7B, and FIG.7C.
 35. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formulaselected from the structures shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B.
 36. Thecompound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula selected fromthe structures shown in FIG. 9A, FIG. 9B, FIG. 9C, FIG. 9D, FIG. 9E, andFIG. 9F.
 37. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has theformula:


38. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


39. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


40. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


41. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


42. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


43. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


44. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


45. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


46. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


47. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


48. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


49. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


50. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


51. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


52. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound has the formula:


53. The compound of claim 30, wherein the compound is selected from thegroup consisting of: Structure Reference Structure A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

HH

II

JJ

KK

LL

MM

NN

OO

PP

QQ

RR

SS

TT

UU

VV

WW

XX

YY

ZZ

AAA

BBB

CCC

DDD

EEE

FFF

GGG

HHH

III

JJJ

KKK

LLL

MMM

NNN

OOO

PPP

QQQ

RRR

SSS

TTT

UUU

VVV

WWW

XXX


54. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of acompound of claim 30 in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 55. Amethod for the treatment of cancer in a host, wherein the cancer isselected from the group consisting of breast cancer, colon cancer,ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, and Rb-positiveglioblastoma, comprising administering an effective amount of a compoundof Formula VI to a host in need thereof:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedabove; each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) orhaloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; or two R¹⁴groups bonded to the same carbon can form an exocyclic double bond; ortwo R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form a carbonyl group; andwhen the compound of Formula VI has a double bond, as indicated by the(----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; or when thecompound of Formula VI does not include a double bond, as indicated bythe (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, fourR¹⁴ groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 56. A method for the treatmentof Rb-positive abnormal cell proliferation in a host, comprisingadministering an effective amount of a compound of Formula VI to a hostin need thereof:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedabove; each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) orhaloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; or two R¹⁴groups bonded to the same carbon can form an exocyclic double bond; ortwo R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form a carbonyl group; andwhen the compound of Formula VI has a double bond, as indicated by the(----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; or when thecompound of Formula VI does not include a double bond, as indicated bythe (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, fourR¹⁴ groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 57. A compound of Formula VI:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedabove; each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) orhaloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich may be optionally independently substituted with one or more R^(x)groups as allowed by valence, and wherein two R^(x) groups bound to thesame or adjacent atoms may optionally combine to form a ring; or two R¹⁴groups bonded to the same carbon can form an exocyclic double bond; ortwo R¹⁴ groups bonded to the same carbon can form a carbonyl group; andwhen the compound of Formula VI has a double bond, as indicated by the(----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; or when thecompound of Formula VI does not include a double bond, as indicated bythe (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, fourR¹⁴ groups are present as allowed for in Formula VI above; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 58. A compound of claim 30,wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 59. A compound of claim57, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 60. A compound of FormulaI, II, III, IV, or V:

wherein: Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)—wherein z is 2, 3 or 4; each X is independently CH or N; each X′ isindependently CH or N; X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged suchthat the moiety is a stable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ areindependently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) or haloalkyl, cycloalkylor cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O orS; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-aryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring; each R¹ is independently aryl, alkyl,cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl andhaloalkyl groups optionally includes O or N heteroatoms in place of acarbon in the chain and two R¹'s on adjacent ring atoms or on the samering atom together with the ring atom(s) to which they are attachedoptionally form a 3-8-membered cycle; y is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R² is-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴;-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom mayoptionally combine to form a ring and wherein m is 0, 1, or 2 and n is0, 1 or 2; wherein heterocyclo may be optionally independentlysubstituted with 1 to 3 R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and whereintwo R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionallycombine to form a ring; R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently:(i) hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom mayoptionally combine to form a ring; or R³ and R⁴ together with thenitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form aheterocyclo ring optionally independently substituted with one or moreR^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups boundto the same or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring; R⁵and R⁵* at each occurrence is: (i) hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any of which, other thanheterocyclo, may be optionally independently substituted with one ormore R^(x) groups as allowed by valance; R^(x) at each occurrence isindependently, halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵; wherein: said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylgroups, any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be furtherindependently substituted with one or more -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, and wherein heterocycle may be furtherindependently substituted with one to three substitutions selected from-(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*; n is 0, 1 or 2, and m is 0, 1; or 2 andR³* and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance; or R³*and R⁴* together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached maycombine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally independently substitutedwith one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance; R⁶ is H, absent, orlower alkyl, -(alkylene)m-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring; and R¹⁰ is (i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A)is unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR,C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O, and S; TT is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; and RR is a hydroxyl, unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino, unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino,unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, unsubstituted or substitutedheteroaryl comprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and 1-4heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclecomprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selectedfrom N, O and S; or (ii) —C(O)—R¹² or —C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A)or R^(A) and R¹³ is R^(A); when the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV,or V has a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the 6-memberedring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present as allowedfor in Formula I, II, III, IV, or V above; or when the compound ofFormula I, II, III, IV, or V does not include a double bond, asindicated by the (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidinering, four R⁸ groups are present as allowed for in Formula I, II, III,IV, or V above; wherein each heteroaryl is an aryl ring system thatcontains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group O, N and S,wherein the ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized,and nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized; wherein each aryl is acarbocyclic aromatic system containing one or two rings, wherein suchrings may be attached together in a fused manner, and wherein each arylmay have 1 or more R^(x) substituents; wherein each heterocyclo is asaturated or partially saturated heteroatom-containing ring radical,where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen,wherein each heterocyclo is a monocyclic 6-8 membered ring or a 5-16membered bicyclic ring system, and wherein each heterocyclo may have 1to 3 R^(x) substituents; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.61. A method for the treatment of cancer in a host, wherein the canceris selected from the group consisting of breast cancer, colon cancer,ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, and Rb-positiveglioblastoma, comprising administering an effective amount of a compoundof Formula I, II, III, IV, or V to a host in need thereof:

wherein: Z is —(CH₂)_(x)— wherein x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 or —O—(CH₂)_(z)—wherein z is 2, 3 or 4; each X is independently CH or N; each X′ isindependently CH or N; X″ is independently CH₂, S or NH, arranged suchthat the moiety is a stable 5-membered ring; R, R⁸, and R¹¹ areindependently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl) or haloalkyl, cycloalkylor cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O orS; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, -(alkylene)_(m)-aryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring; each R¹ is independently aryl, alkyl,cycloalkyl or haloalkyl, wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl andhaloalkyl groups optionally includes O or N heteroatoms in place of acarbon in the chain and two R¹'s on adjacent ring atoms or on the samering atom together with the ring atom(s) to which they are attachedoptionally form a 3-8-membered cycle; y is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R² is-(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴;-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—O-alkyl; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)—S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom mayoptionally combine to form a ring and wherein m is 0, 1, or 2 and n is0, 1 or 2; wherein heterocyclo may be optionally independentlysubstituted with 1 to 3 R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and whereintwo R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom may optionallycombine to form a ring; R³ and R⁴ at each occurrence are independently:(i) hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atom mayoptionally combine to form a ring; or R³ and R⁴ together with thenitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form aheterocyclo ring optionally independently substituted with one or moreR^(x) groups as allowed by valance, and wherein two R^(x) groups boundto the same or adjacent atom may optionally combine to form a ring; R⁵and R⁵* at each occurrence is: (i) hydrogen or (ii) alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any of which, other thanheterocyclo, may be optionally independently substituted with one ormore R^(x) groups as allowed by valance; R^(x) at each occurrence isindependently, halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O-alkylene-OR⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(O)—OR⁵, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—C(S)—OR⁵, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³)—SO₂—R⁵; wherein: said alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylgroups, any of which, other than heterocyclo, may be furtherindependently substituted with one or more -(alkylene)_(m)-CN,-(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, and wherein heterocycle may be furtherindependently substituted with one to three substitutions selected from-(alkylene)_(m)-CN, -(alkylene)_(m)-OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(═S)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(═O)OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-OC(═O)R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—OR⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(S)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—R⁵*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(O)—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-O—C(S)—NR³*R⁴*, -(alkylene)_(m)-SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—NR³*R⁴*,-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(O)—OR⁵*, -(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—C(S)—OR⁵*, or-(alkylene)_(m)-N(R³*)—SO₂—R⁵*; n is 0, 1 or 2, and m is 0, 1; or 2 andR³* and R⁴* at each occurrence are independently: (i) hydrogen or (ii)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance; or R³*and R⁴* together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached maycombine to form a heterocyclo ring optionally independently substitutedwith one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valance; R⁶ is H, absent, orlower alkyl, -(alkylene)m-heterocyclo, -(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl,-(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴, -(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring; and R¹⁰ is (i) NHR^(A), wherein R^(A)is unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or -TT-RR,C₁-C₈ cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or more heteroatomsselected from N, O, and S; TT is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₈alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl linker; and RR is a hydroxyl, unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, amino, unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₆alkylamino, unsubstituted or substituted di-C₁-C₆ alkylamino,unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, unsubstituted or substitutedheteroaryl comprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and 1-4heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₁₀ carbocycle, or unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclecomprising one or two 5- or 6-member rings and 1-4 heteroatoms selectedfrom N, O and S; or (ii) —C(O)—R¹² or —C(O)O—R¹³, wherein R¹² is NHR^(A)or R^(A) and R¹³ is R^(A); when the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV,or V has a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the 6-memberedring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R⁸ groups are present as allowedfor in Formula I, II, III, IV, or V above; or when the compound ofFormula I, II, III, IV, or V does not include a double bond, asindicated by the (----), in the 6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidinering, four R⁸ groups are present as allowed for in Formula I, II, III,IV, or V above; wherein each heteroaryl is an aryl ring system thatcontains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group O, N and S,wherein the ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized,and nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized; wherein each aryl is acarbocyclic aromatic system containing one or two rings, wherein suchrings may be attached together in a fused manner, and wherein each arylmay have 1 or more R^(x) substituents; wherein each heterocyclo is asaturated or partially saturated heteroatom-containing ring radical,where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen,wherein each heterocyclo is a monocyclic 6-8 membered ring or a 5-16membered bicyclic ring system, and wherein each heterocyclo may have 1to 3 R^(x) substituents; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.62. A compound of Formula VI:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedin claim 60; each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl)or haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or moreheteroatoms selected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring; or two R¹⁴ groups bonded to the samecarbon can form an exocyclic double bond; or two R¹⁴ groups bonded tothe same carbon can form a carbonyl group; and when the compound ofFormula VI has a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴ groups are presentas allowed for in Formula VI above; or when the compound of Formula VIdoes not include a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, four R¹⁴ groups arepresent as allowed for in Formula VI above; wherein each heteroaryl isan aryl ring system that contains one or more heteroatoms selected fromthe group O, N and S, wherein the ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) areoptionally oxidized, and nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized;wherein each aryl is a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or tworings, wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner,and wherein each aryl may have 1 or more R^(x) substituents; whereineach heterocyclo is a saturated or partially saturatedheteroatom-containing ring radical, where the heteroatoms may beselected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein each heterocyclo is amonocyclic 6-8 membered ring or a 5-16 membered bicyclic ring system,and wherein each heterocyclo may have 1 to 3 R^(x) substituents; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 63. A method for the treatmentof cancer in a host, wherein the cancer is selected from the groupconsisting of breast cancer, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, non-smallcell lung cancer, and Rb-positive glioblastoma, comprising administeringan effective amount of a compound of Formula VI to a host in needthereof:

wherein R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(x), Z, m, n, and y are as definedin claim 61; each R¹⁴ is independently H, C₁-C₃ alkyl (including methyl)or haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing one or moreheteroatoms selected from N, O or S; -(alkylene)_(m)-C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,-(alkylene)_(m)-aryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-heterocyclo,-(alkylene)_(m)-heteroaryl, -(alkylene)_(m)-NR³R⁴,-(alkylene)_(m)-C(O)—NR³R⁴; -(alkylene)_(m)-O—R⁵,-(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—R⁵, or -(alkylene)_(m)-S(O)_(n)—NR³R⁴ any ofwhich, other than heterocyclo, may be optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more R^(x) groups as allowed by valence, andwherein two R^(x) groups bound to the same or adjacent atoms mayoptionally combine to form a ring; or two R¹⁴ groups bonded to the samecarbon can form an exocyclic double bond; or two R¹⁴ groups bonded tothe same carbon can form a carbonyl group; and when the compound ofFormula VI has a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, two R¹⁴ groups are presentas allowed for in Formula VI above; or when the compound of Formula VIdoes not include a double bond, as indicated by the (----), in the6-membered ring fused to the pyrimidine ring, four R¹⁴ groups arepresent as allowed for in Formula VI above; wherein each heteroaryl isan aryl ring system that contains one or more heteroatoms selected fromthe group O, N and S, wherein the ring nitrogen and sulfur atom(s) areoptionally oxidized, and nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized;wherein each aryl is a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or tworings, wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner,and wherein each aryl may have 1 or more R^(x) substituents; whereineach heterocyclo is a saturated or partially saturatedheteroatom-containing ring radical, where the heteroatoms may beselected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein each heterocyclo is amonocyclic 6-8 membered ring or a 5-16 membered bicyclic ring system,and wherein each heterocyclo may have 1 to 3 R^(x) substituents; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.